Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus polymerase

ABSTRACT

The present invention provides, among other things, compounds represented by the general Formula I: 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein X, Y, R 1A , R 1B , R 2 , and R 3  are as defined in classes and subclasses herein and compositions (e.g., pharmaceutical compositions) comprising such compounds, which compounds are useful as inhibitors of hepatitis C virus polymerase, and thus are useful, for example, as medicaments for the treatment of HCV infection.

The invention provides compounds, compositions, and methods for thetreatment of hepatitis C virus infection in humans.

BACKGROUND

Hepatitis C virus (HCV) is an enveloped, positive-sense, single-strandedRNA virus, of the genus Hepacivirus, belonging to the familyFlaviviridae. Infection by HCV is a leading cause of liver disease andcirrhosis in humans. Transmission occurs primarily by way ofpercutaneous exposure to infected blood, typically involving use ofinjected drugs or injury with objects contaminated with blood, but isalso associated with sexual contact with infected partners. Thanks toviral testing, risk of transmission by blood transfusion or bytransplant is extremely low. Infection is often asymptomatic, orsymptoms are mild, and about 15-20% of infected persons are able toclear the virus without treatment. However, infection in the remaining80-85% of infected persons develops into persistent infection, which maybe life-long, causing liver disease, which can lead to cirrhosis andhepatocellular carcinoma. HCV infection is the most common chronicblood-borne disease in the United States, affecting about 4 millionpeople and causing about 12,000 deaths per year. “Evaluation of AcuteHepatitis C Infection Surveillance—United States, 2008,” MMWR, Nov. 5,2010, 59(43). Approximately 170 million persons around the world havechronic hepatitis C infection. Chen et al., Int J Med Sci, 2006,3(2):47-52. Personal consequences of HCV infection include decreasedlife expectancy, chronic debilitating liver disease and possibly livercancer, and risk of infection of sexual partners and health careworkers. Economic consequences of chronic HCV infection in the UnitedStates are exceedingly large. Direct medical costs have been estimatedat $10.7 billion per year for the 10-year period 2010-2019, withsocietal costs projected to be $54.2 billion, and the cost of morbidityfrom disability projected to be $21.3 billion. Id.

The hepatitis C virus has been intensively studied, and much is knownabout its genetics and biology. For an overview of this subject, seeTan, Ed., Hepatitis C Viruses: Genomes and Molecular Biology, HorizonBioscience, Norfolk, UK (2006). HCV has a simple genome that resides ina single open reading frame of about 9.6 kb. The genome is translated inthe infected cell to yield a single polyprotein consisting of about 3000amino acids, which is then proteolytically processed by host and viralenzymes to produce at least 10 structural and non-structural (NS)proteins. The virus is diversified in infected humans into 16 differentantigenically and/or genetically identifiable subtypes or genotypes,some of which are further subdivided into subtypes.

HCV rapidly mutates as it replicates, and is believed to exist as aviral quasispecies, meaning that it mutates rapidly as it replicates togenerate many competing genetic varieties of the virus having comparableevolutionary fitness. This intrinsic generation of many varieties in asingle infected person makes it very difficult to isolate a singlevariety for development of a vaccine, and is believed to be associatedwith the difficulty in developing a vaccine, development of resistanceof the virus to specific pharmaceuticals, and persistence of the virusin the host. It is possible that the virus able to develop intoimmunologically distinct quasispecies under the pressure of the immuneresponse of the host, thereby allowing it to survive and persist.

Another factor making it difficult to develop treatments for HCVinfection is the narrow range of hosts and a notoriously difficultproblem of propagating the virus in cell culture. Most research has beendone using pseudoparticle systems. Pseudoparticles consist primarily ofnucleocapsids surrounded by a lipid envelope and contain HCVglycoprotein complexes. These pseudoparticles have been used toelucidate the early stages of the viral replication cycle and receptorbinding, and to study neutralizing antibodies. Notwithstanding,pseudoparticles have a significant limitation in that they cannotrecapitulate the full replication cycle. Other systems described forinvestigation of HCV include culture of subgenomic RNAs in Huh-7 cells,and culture in primary human hepatocytes, and surrogate models such asthe bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV).

Significant research has also been done in synthetic RNA replicons,which self-amplify in human hepatoma cells and recapitulate much, butnot all, of the HCV replication cycle. Heretofore, such replicons havebeen subgenomic, and have also been unable to yield infectious viralparticles. Moreover, the replicon system only functions using the 1bgenotype of HCV (HCV1b). More recently, HCV cell culture has becomepossible through the isolation of the JFH-1 clone. While its uniquenessremains incompletely understood, JFH-1 replicates to high levels inHuh-7 (hepatocellular carcinoma) cells in culture, and producesinfectious particles. Serial passage of JFH-1 has caused it to becomegenetically conditioned to cell culture conditions and it may no longerbe representative of clinical isolates of the virus, but the viralparticles are apparently functional virions, insofar as they areinfectious in culture and in inoculated animals bearing human liverxenografts. Apparently, the efficiency of JFH-1 replication dependssignificantly upon the NS5B gene of the clone. Replacement with NS5Bgenes from other genotypes is difficult. Woerz et al., 2009, J ViralHepat, 16(1):1-9.

Currently there no treatment that is effective to cure HCV infection.Palliative treatments include reduction of circulating virus. This maybe accomplished through blood filtration, e.g., by double filtrationplasmapheresis, lectin affinity plasmapheresis, or a combination of thetwo methods, but this treatment requires repetitive application and maybest be used in conjunction with standard-of-care pharmaceuticaltreatment.

Approved pharmaceutical treatments include injection of interferon,typically pegylated versions including peginterferon alfa-2a (Pegasys®)or peginterferon alfa-2b (Peglntron®). Clinical use of pegylatedinterferon was approved by FDA in 2001. Ribavirin (e.g., Ribasphere®,Virazole®, Copegus®, Rebetol®), a guanosine analog that hasbroad-spectrum activity against viruses, is used to treat HCV infection,but appears not to be effective against HCV when used as a monotherapy.Current standard-of-care therapy includes administering peginterferon incombination with ribavirin. This regimen is limited because of sideeffects (e.g., flu-like symptoms, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia,depression, and anemia) and only moderate efficacy; success is dependentin part on the genotype predominating in the patient. See Ghany et al.,Hepatology, 2011, 54(4):1433-44.

Numerous alternative pharmaceutical approaches to treatment of HCVinfection are now in research and development. For example, recombinantand modified interferon molecules have also been the subject ofdevelopment programs, including, e.g., recombinant alfa interferon(BLX-883; Locteron®; Biolex/Octoplus) and albinterferon alfa 2b(Zalbin®; Human Genome Sciences).

The HCV protein NS3-4A, a serine protease, which is an enzyme essentialfor replication of the virus, has been the subject of intensivepharmaceutical research. A number of companies are seeking to developinhibitors of this enzyme. Some of the earlier molecules are telaprevir(Incivek®, VX-950; Vertex) and boceprevir (Victrelis®, SCHSO3034; Merck& Co.), each of which has been approved for use. These various moleculesmay be useful as single therapeutics, but some are also beinginvestigated in combination with interferon/ribavirin therapies and/orcompounds that may be effective against HCV via other mechanisms.However, viral resistance to individual protease inhibitors is believedto occur easily. Morrison and Haas, In Vivo, May 2009, 42-47.

The NS5B polymerase of HCV is also undergoing study. This protein is anRNA-dependent RNA polymerase (RdRp), which is essential for thesynthesis of viral RNA, and consequently, for the completion of theviral life cycle. An overview of the NS5B protein is available atChapter 10 of Tan, supra.

Many groups are currently working on developing inhibitors of the NS5Bpolymerase. Wang et al. (J Biol Chem 2003, 278(11), 9489-95) report thatcertain non-nucleoside molecules bind to an allosteric site on thepolymerase, interfering with a conformational change required foractivity. Biswal et al. (J Biol Chem, 2005, 280(18), 18202-10) reportcrystal structures indicating that the NS5B polymerase exhibits twoconformations, with a gross structure resembling the classical fingers,palm, and thumb domains of other polymerases. This paper also showcocrystal structures for two inhibitors bound to the polymerase, andoffers hypotheses on the mechanism of polymerase inhibition. Li et al.(J Med Chem, 2007, 50(17):3969-72) report on some dihydropyronecompounds that are said to be orally available allosteric inhibitors.See also Li et al., J Med Chem, 2009, 52:1255-58.

Inhibitors of NS5B may be classified broadly into three groups:nucleoside analogues (NI), non-nucleoside analogues (NNI), andpyrophosphate compounds (PPi). See, Powdrill et al., Viruses, 2010,2:2169-95 and Appleby et al., “Viral RNA Polymerase Inhibitors,” Chapter23 in Viral Genome Replication, Cameron et al., eds., SpringerScience+Business Media 2009.

Nucleoside analogue compounds (NI), which bind at the enzyme active siteand compete with natural nucleoside triphosphates, interfere with viralRNA synthesis. A number of these compounds have entered clinical trials.Nucleoside inhibitors include, for example, IDX184 (Idenix), RG7128(R05024048; Pharmasset/Roche).

Non-nucleoside inhibitors, by contrast, appear to bind at allostericsites on NS5B—of which about 4 are known. Id. NNI compounds include, forexample, filibuvir (Pfizer), tegobuvir (GS 9190; Gilead), VX-222(Vertex), A-837093 (Abbott), ABT-072 (Abbott), ABT-333 (Abbott), andPF-868554 (Pfizer).

Also among the non-nucleoside inhibitors of NS5B are a series ofthiophene-2-carboxylic acids and derivatives thereof. See, e.g., Chan etal., Bioorg Med Chem Lett, 2004, 14, 793-96; International patentpublications WO 02/100846 A1, WO 02/100851 A2, WO 2004/052879 A2, WO2004/052885 A1, WO 2006/072347 A2, WO 2006/119646 A1, WO 2008/017688 A1,WO 2008/043791 A2, WO 2008/058393 A1, WO 2008/059042 A1, WO 2008/125599A1, and WO 2009/000818 A1. See also U.S. Pat. No. 6,881,741 B2, U.S.Pat. No. 7,402,608 B2, and U.S. Pat. No. 7,569,600 B2. See also, Yang etal., Bioorg Med Chem Lett 2010, 20, 4614-19, relating to somebioisosteres of such compounds. Other similar compounds are described,for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 6,887,877 B2 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,936,629B2.

Pyrophosphate compounds (PPi) mimic natural pyrophosphates releasedduring nucleotidyl transfer reactions.

Various NI and NNI compounds have shown safety or efficacy in clinicaltrials, but none has yet reached approval for use in treating humans.PPi compounds, by contrast, are generally in the investigational stage.

There remains a profound need for more effective pharmaceuticaltherapies, including medicaments that are useful as single agents or incombination with other active agents, for the treatment of hepatitis Cinfection in humans.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides compounds represented by the generalFormula I:

and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) thereof, wherein X,Y, R^(1A), R^(1B), R², R³, and R⁴ are as defined in classes andsubclasses herein and compositions (e.g., pharmaceutical compositions)comprising such compounds, which compounds are useful as inhibitors ofhepatitis C virus polymerase, and thus are useful, for example, asmedicaments for the treatment of HCV infection.

In certain other embodiments, the invention provides pharmaceuticalcompositions comprising a compound of the invention, wherein thecompound is present in an amount effective to inhibit HCV polymeraseactivity. In certain other embodiments, the invention providespharmaceutical compositions comprising an inventive compound andoptionally further comprising an additional therapeutic agent. In yetother embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent for thetreatment of HCV infection.

In yet another aspect, the present invention provides methods forinhibiting HCV polymerase activity in a subject or a biological sample,comprising administering to the subject, or contacting the biologicalsample with an effective inhibitory amount of a compound of theinvention. In still another aspect, the present invention providesmethods for treating any disorder constitutively associated with HCVinfection or replication or involving HCV polymerase activity,comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound of the invention.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The invention provides compounds represented by the general Formula I:

and salts and solvates thereof,wherein:

-   -   one of X and Y is —CH— and the other is —N—;    -   R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₇heterocycloalkyl,        —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-O—C₁₋₄alkyl,        —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂—R^(P), —S(O)₂C₅₋₇aryl-C₀₋₃alkyl,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —C₁₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₄alkyl-C(O)OH, or        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N);        -   wherein:            -   R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N);            -   R^(M) and R^(N) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl,                or R^(M) and R^(N) together with the atoms to which they                are attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring;            -   R^(O) is a 6- to 10-membered aryl or a 5- to 10-membered                heteroaryl, in each case monocyclic or bicyclic, and                optionally substituted with (a) one to three moieties                independently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen,                —NR^(M)R^(N), and —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, or (b) a 6-membered                aryl or 5-6 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted                with one to three moieties independently selected from                —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen, and —NR^(M)R^(N); and            -   R^(P) is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or                heterocycloalkyl group, optionally substituted with a                hydroxyl;        -   provided that at least one of R^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogen;    -   R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally        substituted with a halogen, —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl,        —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substituted with a        halogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₅cycloalkyl; and    -   R³ is —R^(A)—R^(B) or halo;        -   wherein R^(A) is ethynyl, or phenyl optionally substituted            with one or two halogens, and        -   wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl,            —C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q),            —N(R^(U))C(O)—R^(Q), —C(O)NR^(U)R^(Q), carboxyl,            —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl, —C₂₋₆alkynylR^(Q),            —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy,            -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂, —C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T),            —C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), or            —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q);            -   wherein R^(Q) is a 5- to 9-membered monocyclic or                bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl or a 3- to 7-membered                cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted                with one or two —C₁₋₃alkyl or —NR^(M)R^(N);            -   R^(S) and R^(T) are each independently hydrogen or                —C₁₋₄alkyl, or one of R^(S) and R^(T) is hydrogen and                the other is —C(O)-5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl;                and            -   R^(U) is hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl;        -   provided that, if R^(A) is phenyl, then R^(B) appears at the            para or meta position relative to the thiophene moiety; and    -   R⁴ is hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)—C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,        5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₆aryl, or        —C₁₋₄alkyl-NR^(U)R^(V); wherein R^(U) and R^(V) are        independently hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I, inwhich X is —N— and Y is —CH—. In some embodiments, the inventionprovides compounds of Formula I, in which X is —N—, Y is —CH—, andR^(1B) is hydrogen. Thus, the invention provides compounds representedby the general Formula II:

and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvatesthereof, in which any of the attached functional groups may be asotherwise set forth herein for compounds of Formula I.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich X is —CH— and Y is —N—. In some embodiments, the inventionprovides compounds of Formula I, in which X is —CH—, Y is —N—, andR^(1A) is hydrogen. Thus, the invention provides compounds representedby the general Formula III:

and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvatesthereof, in which any of the attached functional groups may be asotherwise set forth herein for compounds of Formula I.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(A) is ethynyl.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(A) is ethynyl, and R^(B) is selected from —C₁₋₆alkyl, and—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(A) is phenyl. In some embodiments, the invention providescompounds of Formula I in which R^(A) is phenyl and R^(B) appears at thepara position relative to the thiophene moiety. In some embodiments, theinvention provides compounds of Formula I, in which R^(A) is phenyl andR^(B) is —C₂₋₆alkynyl-R^(Q), or —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q).

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I, inwhich R^(A) is ethynyl and R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q).

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(A) is phenyl and R^(B) is selected from —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q),—NHC(O)—R^(Q), —C(O)NH—R^(Q), —C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), or —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q).

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl. In some embodiments, theinvention provides compounds of Formula I in which R² is-cyclohexylmethyl. Accordingly, the general Formula I encompassescompounds of general Formula IV:

and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvatesthereof, in which any of the attached functional groups may be asotherwise set forth herein for compounds of Formula I.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(A) is phenyl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 halogens(designated “Z”; i.e. Z=0, 1 or 2). Accordingly, the general Formula Iencompasses compounds of general Formula V:

and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvatesthereof, in which any of the attached functional groups may be asotherwise set forth herein for compounds of Formula I.

The general Formula V includes, for example, compounds of generalFormulas Va and Vb:

and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvatesthereof, in which any of the attached functional groups may be asotherwise set forth herein for compounds of Formula I.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich:

-   -   R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₁₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl,        —C₂alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —C₁₋₄alkyl ester, or —C₁₋₃alkyl-C₆₋₁₀aryl;        and        -   R^(M) and R^(N) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, or            R^(M) and R^(N) together with the atoms to which they are            attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring;    -   provided that at least one of R^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogen.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(1A) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, or —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N).

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(B) is —C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy, or-methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(1A) is —C₁₋₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(1A) or R^(1B) is —C₁₋₄alkyl-R^(O), in which R^(O) is(optionally substituted) pyridine.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(A) is phenyl and in which R^(B) is —NH—R^(n) or —NHC(O)—R^(Q)and appears at the para position relative to the thiophene moiety.

In some embodiments in which R^(Q) is present compounds of Formula I, lemay contain a 5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl moiety selected fromamong furyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, phenyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl,thiazolyl, thiophenyl, or tetrahydrofuranyl in each case optionallysubstituted with —C₁₋₄alkyl.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(A) is ethynyl and wherein R^(B) is —C₁₋₆alkyl, —C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,—C₁₋₄alkoxy, or -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂.

In some embodiments, the invention provides compounds of Formula I inwhich R^(B) is not hydrogen, but may be any of the other groupsdescribed herein for that moiety. For example, the invention providescompounds of Formula V, such as compounds of Formula Va or Formula Vb inwhich R^(B) is not hydrogen, but may be any of the other groupsdescribed herein for that moiety. Thus, in some embodiments, forexample, in compounds of Formula V, R^(B) is —C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —N(R^(U))C(O)—R^(Q),—C(O)NR^(U)R^(Q), carboxyl, —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl,—C₂₋₆alkynylR^(Q), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy,-methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂, —C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T),—C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), or—C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q); wherein:

-   -   R^(Q) is a 5- to 9-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aryl or        heteroaryl or a 3- to 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl,        optionally substituted with one or two —C₁₋₃alkyl or        —NR^(M)R^(N);    -   R^(S) and R^(T) are each independently hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl,        or one of R^(S) and R^(T) is hydrogen and the other is —C(O)-5-        to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl; and R^(U) is hydrogen or        —C₁₋₄alkyl.

In some embodiments, for example, in compounds of Formula V, when R^(B)is hydrogen, and Z=0, 1 or 2, then one of R^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogenand the other is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₇heterocycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₄haloalkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂—R^(P),—S(O)₂C₅₋₇aryl-C₀₋₃alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), —C₂alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N),—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl; wherein

-   -   R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N);    -   R^(M) and R^(N) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, or R^(M)        and R^(N) together with the atoms to which they are attached can        form a 4- to 6-membered ring; and    -   R^(P) is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl        group, optionally substituted with a hydroxyl.

In some embodiments, for example, in compounds of Formula V, when R^(B)is hydrogen, and Z=0, 1, or 2, then one of R^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogenand the other is hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl,—S(O)₂C₄₋₇aryl, —S(O)₂C₆₋₁₀aryl-C₁₋₃alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl ester,—C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), or —C₁₋₃alkyl-C₆₋₁₀aryl; wherein

-   -   R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, or —NR^(M)R^(N); and    -   R^(M) and R^(N) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, or R^(M)        and R^(N) together with the atoms to which they are attached can        form a 4- to 6-membered ring.

In some specific sets of embodiments, the compounds of general Formula Vinclude compounds wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, Z is 0, R⁴ is hydrogen or—C₁₋₄alkyl, X is N, Y is —CH—, and R^(1B) is hydrogen. In such cases, R²is other than —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl, or in some cases is other than—C₆cycloalkyl-C₁alkyl. In some embodiments, provided herein are methodsof inhibiting hepatitis C virus polymerase using a compound of Formula Vwherein R^(B) is hydrogen, Z is 0, R⁴ is hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl, X is N,Y is C, R^(1B) is hydrogen, and R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl, or insome cases is C₆cycloalkyl-C₁alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compounds of general Formula V specificallyexclude compounds having a structure:

In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of inhibiting hepatitisC virus polymerase using the specific compounds of Formula V noteddirectly above in this same paragraph, while in other embodiments,provided are methods of inhibiting hepatitis C virus polymerase using acompound of Formula V that is not one of the specific compounds noteddirectly above in this same paragraph.

In one aspect, the invention provides compounds of Formula I in which R⁴is hydrogen. Thus, general Formula I encompasses compounds of generalFormula Ia:

including salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvatesthereof,wherein:

-   -   one of X and Y is —CH— and the other is —N—;    -   R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₇heterocycloalkyl,        —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-O—C₁₋₄alkyl,        —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂—R^(P), —S(O)₂C₅₋₇aryl-C₀₋₃alkyl,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —C₁₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₄alkyl-C(O)OH, or        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N);        -   wherein:            -   R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N);            -   R^(M) and R^(N) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl,                or R^(M) and R^(N) together with the atoms to which they                are attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring;            -   R^(O) is a 6- to 10-membered aryl or a 5- to 10-membered                heteroaryl, in each case monocyclic or bicyclic, and                optionally substituted with (a) one to three moieties                independently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen,                —NR^(M)R^(N), and —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, or (b) a 6-membered                aryl or 5-6 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted                with one to three moieties independently selected from                —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen, and —NR^(M)R^(N); and            -   R^(P) is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or                heterocycloalkyl group, optionally substituted with a                hydroxyl;        -   provided that at least one of R^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogen;    -   R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally        substituted with a halogen, —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl,        —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substituted with a        halogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₅cycloalkyl; and    -   R³ is —R^(A)—R^(B) or halo;        -   wherein R^(A) is ethynyl, or phenyl optionally substituted            with one or two halogens, and        -   wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl,            —C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q),            —N(R^(U))C(O)—R^(Q), —C(O)NR^(U)R^(Q), carboxyl,            —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl, —C₂₋₆alkynylR^(Q),            —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy,            -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂, —C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T),            —C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), or            —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q);            -   wherein R^(Q) is a 5- to 9-membered monocyclic or                bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl or a 3- to 7-membered                cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted                with one or two —C₁₋₃alkyl or —NR^(M)R^(N);            -   R^(S) and R^(T) are each independently hydrogen or                —C₁₋₄alkyl, or one of R^(S) and R^(T) is hydrogen and                the other is —C(O)-5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl;                and            -   R^(U) is hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl;                provided that, if R^(A) is phenyl, then R^(B) appears at                the para or meta position relative to the thiophene                moiety.

In some embodiments, disclosed herein are compounds of general Formula Iwherein R^(A) is phenyl, R^(B) is —C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q) or —N(H)C(O)—R^(Q),and R^(Q) is a 5-membered monocyclic hetoeraryl or 9-membered bicyclicheteroaryl. Further provided are methods of inhibiting hepatitis C viruspolymerase using one or more of these specific compounds of Formula I.

In another aspect, the invention provides compounds of general FormulaIa:

including salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvatesthereof,wherein:

-   -   one of X and Y is —CH— and the other is —N—;    -   R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₁₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl,        —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂C₄₋₇aryl,        —S(O)₂C₆₋₁₀aryl-C₁₋₃alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl ester,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), or —C₁₋₃alkyl-C₆₋₁₀aryl;        -   wherein R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N);            and        -   R^(M) and R^(N) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, or            R^(M) and R^(N) together with the atoms to which they are            attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring;        -   provided that at least one of R^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogen;    -   R₂ is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl,        —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl, or —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃ alkyl; and    -   R³ is —R^(A)R^(B) or halo;        -   wherein R^(A) is phenyl or ethynyl, and        -   wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl, —NHR^(Q), carboxyl,            —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl, —C₂₋₆alkynylR^(Q),            —C₄₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy, -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂,            —C₁₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T), —C₆₋₁₀aryl, or —O₅₋₁₀heteroaryl;            -   wherein R^(Q) is hydrogen, —C(O)-5- to 9-membered                heteroaryl, or —C(O)C₁₋₃alkyl; and            -   R^(S) and R^(T) are each independently hydrogen, or C₁₋₃                alkyl, one of R^(S) and R^(T) is hydrogen and the other                is —C(O)-5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl;                provided that if R^(A) is phenyl, then R^(B) appears at                the para or meta position relative to the thiophene                moiety.

Representative compounds of general Formula I, and particularly generalFormulaI, include, for example:

-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Iodo-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(4-Amino-phenyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Cyclopropylmethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Butyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Isopropyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenylethynyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3-Hydroxy-3-methyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(4-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-phenyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Cyclohexylethynyl-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Cyclopropylethynyl-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(4-Acetylamino-phenyl)-3[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(4-Benzoylamino-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{3-methyl-3-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-but-1-ynyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3-Dimethylamino-3-methyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3-Amino-3-methyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3-Acetylamino-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{3-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3-Amino-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{3-[(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-methyl-pent-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(3-methyl-hex-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Cyclopentylethynyl-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-pent-1-ynyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Diethoxy-prop-1-ynyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(3-methoxy-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(4-Carboxy-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   4-(2-Carboxy-5-phenyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic    acid tert-butyl ester;-   4-(2-Carboxy-5-phenyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic    acid ethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methanesulfonyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(pyridine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Benzyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(2-methyl-thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiophene-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-{4-[(1,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(oxazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(5-methyl-isoxazole-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(1H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-{3-Fluoro-4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-{2-Fluoro-4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazol-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-[4-(pyridin-2-ylcarbamoyl)-phenyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(2-Cyclopentyl-ethyl)-1-methyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[methyl-(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Acetyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Benzoyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   4-(2-Carboxy-5-phenyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic    acid methyl ester;-   4-(2-Carboxy-5-phenyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic    acid methyl ester;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-phenylacetyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propanoyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Butyryl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-phenethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Benzyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(4-phenyl-butyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(4-phenyl-propyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3[1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Carboxymethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(2-Carboxy-ethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Carbamoyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Ethylcarbamoyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(4-Chloro-benzyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-[3-(5,7-Dimethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-propyl]-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-pyridin-4-yl-acetyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(pyridine-4-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(1-methyl-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-naphthalen-2-yl-acetyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-naphthalen-1-yl-acetyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(1-methyl-1H-indole-3-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(1-methyl-1H-indazole-3-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(pyrazine-2-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(4-hydroxy-butyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-yl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-ylmethyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-{4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-[2-(tetrahydro-furan-3-yl)-ethyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-carbonyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(3-hydroxy-cyclopentanecarbonyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-sulfonyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[4-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-carbonyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[4-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-carbonyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(5,7-dimethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-thiazol-4-ylethynyl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid, hydrochloride salt;-   3-[1-(5,7-Dimethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-[4-(7-Amino-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid, hydrochloride salt;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Cyclopropylethynyl-3-[5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-[4-(3a,7a-Dihydro-furo[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(5-Chloro-1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(3,3-dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-[4-(3-Methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-[(4-(3H-Imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-quinolin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(2-Bromo-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-thiophen-2-yl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(3,5-Dichloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[l-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-pyridin-4-ylmethyl]-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-quinolin-4-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(5,7-Diethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(5,7-Diisopropyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(2-Benzoimidazol-1-yl-acetyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl-acetyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-(3-Amino-pyrazine-2-carbonyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(3-methyl-3H-imidazole-4-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-[4-(2-thiazol-4-yl-vinyl)-phenyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-{2,5-Difluoro-4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-[4-(5,7-Dimethyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-[4-(7-methyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-[4-(6-methyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(4-Imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-2-yl-phenyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-{3,5-Difluoro-4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Iodo-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Cyclopropylethynyl-3-[1-methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Cyclopentylethynyl-3-[1-methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3-Methyl-hex-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-Cyclopropylethynyl-3-[1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-hydroxy-acetyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(1-Methyl-cyclopropylethynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(1-phenyl-cyclopropylethynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   5-(1-Benzyl-cyclopropylethynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid;-   and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvates    thereof.

The invention further provides compounds that can be useful as prodrugs.For example, the carboxyl group on the central thiophene moiety of thecompounds of Formula Ia may be modified to any of a variety ofpromoieties using conventional techniques. For example, a carboxylmoiety in a compound of Formula Ia may be replaced by or modified to acorresponding amides, carbamates, carbonates, or esters, provided thatbiotransformation processes can yield the appropriate carboxyl form ofthe parent compound. Ideally the prodrug form will, uponbiotransformation, yield the parent compound in a high recovery ratio,and will be non-toxic or have no significant safety concerns.

Accordingly, in one aspect, there are provided compounds of Formula I inwhich the carboxyl group attached to the central thiophene of a compoundis esterified, e.g., the group C(O)OH is replaced by the groupC(O)O—R^(P), wherein R^(P) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl, or —C₁₋₄alkyl-NR^(U)R^(V),wherein R^(U) and R^(V) are independently hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl.

In one aspect of the invention there is provided compounds of Formula I:

and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) or solvates thereof,wherein:

-   -   one of X and Y is —CH— and the other is —N—;    -   R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₇cycloalkyl, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₇heterocycloalkyl,        —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-O—C₁₋₄alkyl,        —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂—R^(P), —S(O)₂C₅₋₇aryl-C₀₋₃alkyl,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —C₁₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₄alkyl-C(O)OH, or        —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N);        -   wherein:            -   R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N);            -   R^(M) and R^(N) are independently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl,                or R^(M) and R^(N) together with the atoms to which they                are attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring;            -   R^(O) is a 6- to 10-membered aryl or a 5- to 10-membered                heteroaryl, in each case monocyclic or bicyclic, and                optionally substituted with (a) one to three moieties                independently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen,                —NR^(M)R^(N), and —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, or (b) a 6-membered                aryl or 5-6 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted                with one to three moieties independently selected from                —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen, and —NR^(M)R^(N); and            -   R^(P) is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or                heterocycloalkyl group, optionally substituted with a                hydroxyl; provided that at least one of R^(1A) and                R^(1B) is hydrogen;    -   R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally        substituted with a halogen, —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl,        —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substituted with a        halogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₅cycloalkyl; and    -   R³ is —R^(A)—R^(B) or halo;        -   wherein R^(A) is ethynyl, or phenyl optionally substituted            with one or two halogens, and        -   wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl,            —C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q),            —N(R^(U))C(O)—R^(Q), —C(O)NR^(U)R^(Q), carboxyl,            —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl, —C₂₋₆alkynylR^(Q),            —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy,            -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂, —C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T),            —C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), or            —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q);            -   wherein R^(Q) is a 5- to 9-membered monocyclic or                bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl or a 3- to 7-membered                cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted                with one or two —C₁₋₃alkyl or —NR^(M)R^(N);            -   R^(S) and R^(T) are each independently hydrogen or                —C₁₋₄alkyl, or one of R^(S) and R^(T) is hydrogen and                the other is —C(O)-5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl;                and            -   R^(U) is hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl;        -   provided that, if R^(A) is phenyl, then R^(B) appears at the            para or meta position relative to the thiophene moiety; and    -   R⁴ is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,        —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)—C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,        5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₆aryl, or        —C₁₋₄alkyl-NR^(U)R^(V);        -   wherein R^(U) and R^(V) are independently hydrogen or            —C₁₋₄alkyl

Representative ester compounds within Formula I include, for example:

-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid ethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid 2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxymethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid acetoxymethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid 2-dimethylamino-ethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid 1-ethoxycarbonyloxy-ethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid butyryloxymethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid isopropoxycarbonyloxymethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid ethoxycarbonyloxymethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid 5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid methyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid phenyl ester;-   3-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic    acid cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxymethyl ester, and-   Methyl    3-(5-(4-methylcyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-5-phenylthiophene-2-carboxylate,-   as well as salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and    solvates thereof.

In some embodiments, prodrug forms of a compound of Formula I can havereduced potency for inhibition of HCV polymerase. Alternatively, suchprodrug forms can have an IC₅₀ against HCV polymerase that is at least50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 150-fold, at least 200-fold, or atleast 500-fold higher than the IC₅₀ of the corresponding unmodifiedcarboxyl form of the compound.

The compounds of the invention may be prepared by any suitable syntheticroute, using chemical techniques and apparatus known to the skilledorganic chemist. Details of the syntheses of exemplary compounds areprovided in the Examples below. General outlines of such syntheticprocesses are provided to aid the understanding of the invention.

General Scheme 1 shows a preparation of compounds within Formula I.Commercially available methyl 3-aminothiophene-2-carboxylate 1 can betransformed into methyl 3-iodothiophene-2-carboxylate 2 by the Sandmeyerreaction [see Hodgson H. H., Chem. Rev. 1947, 40(2):251-77], such assequential treatment with tert-butyl nitrite and diiodomethane. A Suzukireaction [see Suzuki, A. J. Organometallic Chem. 1999, 576:147-68] of 2with pyridineboronic acid 3 affords 4. Palladium catalyzed coupling of 4with an organo-metallic compound 5 (such as alkylzinc, or alkenylboronicacid) results in 6. Alkylation of pyridine in 6 is achieved by stirringwith an alkyl halide, such as an alkyl iodide or alkyl bromide, in aninert solvent (such as acetonitrile). Reduction of 7 is effected bysodium borohydride in methanol to give the tetrahydropyridine 8.Deprotonation of 8 with a strong base (such as LDA) in THF at lowtemperature (−78 to −40° C.) is followed by addition of iodine to give9. Suzuki coupling of 9 with a boronic acid gives 10, which issaponified to give final compound 10a. Alternatively, Sonogashiracoupling [see Chinchilla R. and Nájera C., Chem. Rev. 2007,107(3):874-922] of 9 with an alkyne results in 11, which is furthersaponified to yield final compound 11a. Suitable substitution ofappropriate pyridineboronic acids can be used to prepare compounds ofFormula I in which the nitrogen of the final tetrahydropyridine appearsin the alternative position, i.e., X=—CH— and Y=—N—.

General Scheme 2 shows an alternative preparation of compound 6 inScheme 1, when R² is a cyclic alkyl group. Treatment of a cyclic ketone12 with a strong base such as LDA at low temperature (such as 0° C. to−70° C.), then quenched with N,N-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)-anilineresults in 13. Palladium-catalyzed reaction of 13 with a diboronateresults in the desired cyclic alkenylboronic acid 5a. Suzuki coupling of5a with 4 gives 6a. The cyclic alkene can be saturated with hydrogen gasunder 50 psi, to give the cyclic alkane 6b.

Alternatively, R¹ in compounds of formula 10 and 11 (General Scheme 1)can be prepared according to General Scheme 3. Compound 14 (e.g., acompound of Formula I in which R¹=benzyl) is treated with 1-chloroethylchloroformate [see Gubert et al., Synthesis, 1991, 22(44):318], to givethe cyclic secondary amine 15. The secondary amine 15 may be furtherderivatized with reductive amination, reaction with an acylchloride,reaction with a sulfonyl chloride, reaction with a chloroformate, orreaction with a carbamoyl chloride, followed by hydrolysis of thecorresponding ester to give, respectively, final compound 16a, or 16b,or 16c, or 16d, or 16e.

In General Scheme 3, R^(D) is hydrogen, —C₀₋₂alkyl,—C₀₋₂alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₃hydroxyalkyl, or —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₆₋₁₀aryl;and R^(E) is hydrogen, or —C₁₋₄alkyl; or R^(D) and R^(E) together withthe nitrogen to which they are attached can form a 4- to 6-memberedring.

In General Scheme 4, compound 3 prepared (from General Scheme 1) can bereacted with R^(2B)X, where R^(2B) is a cycloalkenyl and X is triflate(OTf) or iodide (I), under Suzuki reaction conditions. The resultingpyridinyl bromide 17 can be converted to boronic acid derivative 18 viaeither a Suzuki reaction with a diboronate compound or a sequentialtreatment with butyllithium and a trialkylborate. Suzuki reactionbetween the boronic acid derivative 18 and iodide 2 from Scheme 1produces 19. Optionally, 19 with cycloalkenyl R^(2B) can be converted to20 with cycloalkanyl R^(2B) via hydrogenation under moderate pressure.Methylation of pyridine can be followed by reduction with reagent suchas sodium borohydride to give the tetrahydropyridine 22. Deprotonationof 22 by a base such as LDA is followed by quenching the anion withiodine to give 23. “N”-demethylation of 23 can be accomplished withknown methods (Wuts, P. G. M.; Greene, T. W., 2007, Greene's ProtectiveGroups in Organic Synthesis, 4^(th) Ed. Hoboken, N.J.:Wiley-Interscience) to give 24. Installation of R^(1B) on 24 to yield 25can be achieved with many methods, such as reductive amination ofketones and aldehydes, acylation with acid chloride and chloroformates,sulfonylation with sulfonyl chlorides, alkylation with alkyl halides,etc. Compound 25 can be converted via a palladium catalyzed reactionsuch as a Suzuki reaction, Negishi reaction, Sonogashira reaction, Heckreaction, Stille reaction, or Buchwald-Hartwitz amination to 26.Saponification of 26 provides the acid 27.

It will be appreciated that the compounds of Formula I may contain oneor more asymmetric carbon atoms and may exist in racemic,diastereomeric, and optically active forms. All of these racemiccompounds, enantiomers, and diastereomers are contemplated to be withinthe scope of the present invention. Methods are known in the art forseparating isomers such as enantiomers and diastereomers, includingphysical and chemical methods. It will further be appreciated thatcertain compounds of the present invention may exist in differenttautomeric forms. All tautomers are contemplated to be within the scopeof the present invention.

Certain compounds of the present invention may occur as atropisomers,which are stereoisomers that exhibit hindered rotation about a singlebond, in which the steric interconversion barrier to such rotation ishigh enough to permit isolation of individual conformers. Atropisomersmay be equilibrated thermally, and the interconversion barrier may bemeasured kinetically.

The present invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds ofFormula I. The isotopically-labeled compounds are identical to thecompounds of this invention, but for being manufactured to replace oneor more atoms with another isotope of the same element. For example, aselected atom may be changed from a naturally abundant isotope to a rareisotope. Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds ofthe invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen,sulfur, chlorine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹³N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, ³⁵S,¹⁸F, ³⁶Cl. Certain isotope-labeled compounds (e.g., ³H and ¹⁴C) areuseful in compound or substrate tissue distribution studies. Certainheavier isotopes (e.g., ²H) may afford therapeutic advantages resultingfrom possible greater metabolic stability.

Also included within the present invention are salts, (e.g.,pharmaceutically acceptable salts) of the compounds of Formula I, andparticularly compounds of Formula Ia. Any salt that is consistent withthe overall stability and utility of the compounds of Formula I may beprovided using conventional methods. Suitable salts include, withoutlimitation, salts of acidic or basic groups that can be present in thecompounds provided herein. Under certain acidic conditions, the compoundcan form a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organicacids. Acids that can be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptablesalts of such basic compounds are those that form salts comprisingpharmacologically acceptable anions including, but not limited to,acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide,calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, bromide, iodide,citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate,fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate,hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydroxynaphthoate, isethionate, lactate,lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate (methylenesulfonate),methylsulfate, muscate, napsylate, nitrate, panthothenate,phosphate/diphosphate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate,succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, triethiodide andpamoate. Under certain basic conditions, the compound can form basesalts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Non-limitingexamples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metalsalts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc,potassium and iron salts, as well as tetraalkylammonium salts. Generalinformation regarding pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be found inStahl P H, and Wermuth C G, eds., Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts:Properties, Selection and Use, 2002, Wiley-VCH/VHCA Weinheim/Zürich.

The present invention also relates provides hydrates and other solvatesof the compounds of Formula I. Thus, hydrates and other solvates of thecompounds of Formula I and hydrates and other solvates of the salts ofthe compounds of Formula I are included within the scope of the presentinvention.

Esters, including pharmaceutically acceptable esters, of the compoundsof Formula (I) are included within the scope of the present invention.Esters include stable carboxylic acid esters —COOR, for example, inwhich R is selected from optionally substituted straight or branchedchain alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aryl; or for example,—CH₂OC(O)R′ or —CH₂OCO₂R′ in which R′ is alkyl (e.g., R′ is tert-butyl).Unless otherwise specified, any alkyl moiety present in such esterssuitably contains 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

If there should be, in this specification, a discrepancy between adepicted structure and a name given to that structure, the depictedstructure is to be accorded more weight. In addition, if thestereochemistry of a structure or a portion of a structure is notindicated with conventionally accepted notation, for example, bold ordashed lines, the structure or portion thereof is to be interpreted asencompassing all stereoisomers of such structure.

A compound of Formula I and its salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptablesalts) may exist in crystalline forms, which may appear as differentpolymorphs or pseudopolymorphs. As used herein, crystalline“polymorphism” means the ability of a crystalline compound to exist indifferent crystal structures. Polymorphism generally can occur as aresponse to changes in temperature, pressure, or both. Polymorphism canalso result from variations in the crystallization process. Polymorphscan be distinguished by various physical characteristics known in theart such as x-ray diffraction patterns, solubilities, and meltingpoints. Polymorphism may result from differences in crystal packing(packing polymorphism) or differences in packing between differentconformers of the same molecule (conformational polymorphism). As usedherein, crystalline “pseudopolymorphism” means the ability of a hydrateor solvate of a compound to exist in different crystal structures. Thepseudopolymorphs of the instant invention may exist due to differencesin crystal packing (packing pseudopolymorphism) or due to differences inpacking between different conformers of the same molecule(conformational pseudopolymorphism). The present invention comprises allpolymorphs and pseudopolymorphs of the compounds of Formula I and theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts.

A compound of Formula I and its salts or solvates may also exist as anamorphous solid. As used herein, an amorphous solid is a solid in whichthere is no long-range order of the positions of the atoms in the solid.This definition applies as well when the crystal size is two nanometersor less. Additives, including solvents, may be used to create theamorphous forms of the instant invention. The instant inventioncomprises all amorphous forms of the compounds of Formula I and theirsalts, (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) and solvates.

In one aspect the invention provides a composition comprising a compoundaccording to Formula I or a salt (e.g., a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt) or solvate thereof. Such compositions may further comprise atleast one further component, such as a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier or excipient.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating ahepatitis C virus infection in a host, comprising administering to thehost a therapeutic amount of at least one compound according to FormulaI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. There is likewiseprovided a compound according to Formula I or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt of such compound, for use in the treatment of a HCVinfection in a host. In some embodiments, the method further comprisesadministering to the host at least one other therapeutically activeagent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin,taribavirin, nucleoside HCV polymerase inhibitors, non-nucleoside HCVpolymerase inhibitors, HCV NS3-4A protease inhibitors, HCV NS5Ainhibitors, HCV entry inhibitors, HCV NS3 inhibitors, and HCV NS4Binhibitors. In some embodiments, the compound may be used for preventingHCV infection in a host. In some embodiments, the compound may be usedto limit infection in a host. In some embodiments, the host is a humansubject. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula Ia.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method for inhibiting orreducing the activity of hepatitis C virus polymerase in a host,comprising administering to the host a therapeutic amount of at leastone compound according to Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof. There is likewise provided a compound according to FormulaI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound, for use ininhibiting or reducing the activity of HCV polymerase in a host. In someembodiments, the method further comprises administering to the host atleast one other therapeutically active agent selected from the groupconsisting of interferons, ribavirin, taribavirin, nucleoside HCVpolymerase inhibitors, non-nucleoside HCV polymerase inhibitors, HCVNS3-4A protease inhibitors, HCV NS5A inhibitors, HCV entry inhibitors,HCV NS3 inhibitors, and HCV NS4B inhibitors. In some embodiments, thehost is a human subject. In some embodiments, the compound is a compoundof Formula Ia.

In a further aspect, the invention provides a method for inhibiting orreducing hepatitis C virus polymerase replication in a host, comprisingadministering to the host a therapeutic amount of at least one compoundaccording to Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.There is likewise provided a compound according to Formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound, for use in inhibitingor reducing HCV polymerase replication in a host. In some embodiments,the method further comprises administering to the host at least oneother therapeutically active agent selected from the group consisting ofinterferons, ribavirin, taribavirin, nucleoside HCV polymeraseinhibitors, non-nucleoside HCV polymerase inhibitors, HCV NS3-4Aprotease inhibitors, HCV NS5A inhibitors, HCV entry inhibitors, HCV NS3inhibitors, and HCV NS4B inhibitors. In some embodiments, the host is ahuman subject. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound ofFormula Ia.

In another aspect, the invention provides a use of a compound accordingto Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in themanufacture of a medicament for treating a hepatitis C virus infectionin a host. In some embodiments, the host is a human subject. In someembodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula Ia.

In another aspect, the invention provides a use of a compound accordingto Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in themanufacture of a medicament for inhibiting or reducing the activity ofhepatitis C virus polymerase in a host. In some embodiments, the host isa human subject. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound ofFormula Ia.

In another aspect, the invention provides a use of a compound accordingto Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in themanufacture of a medicament for inhibiting or reducing hepatitis C viruspolymerase replication in a host. In some embodiments, the host is ahuman subject. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound ofFormula Ia.

The invention provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising atleast one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof together with at least one other active agent, especiallyinterferon, ribavirin, and/or an additional anti-HCV agent. In someembodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula Ia.

In a further aspect of the present invention there is provided acompound chosen from compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof for use in human or veterinary medical therapy,particularly in the treatment or prevention of viral infection,particularly flavivirus infection, for example, HCV infection. In someembodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula Ia.

In another aspect, the invention provides for the use of a compound ofFormula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in themanufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prophylaxis ofviral infection, particularly HCV infection. In some embodiments, thecompound is a compound of Formula Ia.

In yet another aspect, the invention provides methods for inhibiting HCVpolymerase activity in a biological sample, comprising contacting thebiological sample with an effective inhibitory amount of a compound ofFormula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In someembodiments, the biological sample is a blood, tissue, or other fluidsample. In some embodiments, the biological sample is a culture of hostcells, e.g., hepatocytes, or hepatocellular carcinoma cells, infectedwith HCV. Such methods may be useful in research or in the clinic, forexample, in the identification of HCV genotypes amenable to inhibitionwith the compounds of the invention or the identification of subjectswho may beneficially be treated using compounds or compositions of theinvention. In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of FormulaIa.

Without intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that thecompounds of Formula I that exhibit inhibition of HCV replication orinfectivity derive their activity through interaction with or binding toan allosteric site controlling the conformation of the HCV NS5B protein,and thereby inhibiting viral RNA synthesis in the host cell. It isbelieved that the compounds of Formula I that exhibit inhibition of HCVreplication or infectivity interact with or bind to the NNI IIallosteric site. As demonstrated in the Examples below, compounds ofFormula I exhibit potent inhibition of the NS5B RdRp activity in abiochemical assay in vitro as well as inhibition of HCV replication asmeasured in an HCV replicon cell assay.

DEFINITIONS

It is understood that the compounds of the invention, as describedherein, may be substituted with a variety of substituents or functionalmoieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whether or not preceded bythe term “optionally,” and substituents contained in formulas of thisinvention, refer to the replacement of hydrogen radicals in a givenstructure with the radical of a specified substituent. When more thanone position in any given structure may be substituted with more thanone substituent selected from a specified group, the substituents are,unless otherwise indicated, to be understood as independent, i.e., theymay be either the same or different at every position. As used herein,the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissiblesubstituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissiblesubstituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched,carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic, carbon andheteroatom substituents of organic compounds. For purposes of thisinvention, heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituentsand/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds describedherein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms. Furthermore, thisinvention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissiblesubstituents of organic compounds. Combinations of substituents andvariables envisioned by this invention are preferably those that resultin the formation of stable compounds useful as described herein, forexample, in the treatment and prevention of disorders associated withHCV infection.

The term “aliphatic,” as used herein, includes both saturated andunsaturated, straight chain (i.e., unbranched) or branched aliphatichydrocarbons, which are optionally substituted with one or morefunctional groups. As will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill inthe art, “aliphatic” is intended herein to include, but is not limitedto, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl moieties. Thus, as used herein, the term“alkyl” includes straight and branched alkyl groups. An analogousconvention applies to other generic terms such as “alkenyl,” “alkynyl”and the like. Furthermore, as used herein, the terms “alkyl,” “alkenyl,”“alkynyl,” and the like encompass both substituted and unsubstitutedgroups.

In certain embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups employedin the invention contain about 1-20 aliphatic carbon atoms (C₁₋₂₀). Incertain other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groupsemployed in the invention contain about 1-10 aliphatic carbon atoms(C₁₋₁₀). In yet other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynylgroups employed in the invention contain about 1-8 aliphatic carbonatoms (C₁₋₈). In still other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, andalkynyl groups employed in the invention contain about 1-6 aliphaticcarbon atoms (C₁₋₆). In yet other embodiments, the alkyl, alkenyl, andalkynyl groups employed in the invention contain about 1-4 carbon atoms(C₁₋₄). Aliphatic groups include, for example, for example, methyl,ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, allyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl,tert-butyl, n-pentyl, sec-pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl,sec-hexyl, and the like, which may bear one or more substituents.Alkenyl groups include, for example, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl,1-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, and the like. Alkynyl groups include, forexample, ethynyl, 2-propynyl (propargyl), 1-propynyl, and the like.

The term “alkoxy,” as used herein, refers to a group having the formula—OR wherein R is alkyl or haloalkyl.

The term “alkyl,” as used herein, refers to a saturated straight chainor branched hydrocarbon. In some embodiments, alkyl groups have 1 to 10(C₁₋₁₀), 1 to 6 (C₁₋₆), or 1 to 3 (C₁₋₃) carbon atoms. Representativesaturated straight chain alkyl substituents include methyl, ethyl,n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, and n-hexyl; while saturated branched alkylsubstituents include isopropyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl,isopentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, and the like.

The terms “amine” and “amino,” as used herein, refer to a group havingthe formula —NR′R″ wherein R′ and R″ are both hydrogen. The term“alkylamine,” as used herein, refers to a group having the formula—NR′R″ wherein R′ is hydrogen or alkyl, and R″ is alkyl. Thus, the termalkylamine includes monoalkylamine and dialkylamine.

The term “IC₅₀,” as used herein, refers to an amount, concentration, ordosage of a particular test compound that achieves a 50% inhibition of amaximal response in an in vitro assay—such as a biochemical or enzymaticassay—that measures such response.

The term “aralkyl,” as used herein refers to a group of the formula—RaRb where Ra is an alkyl group as defined above, substituted by Rb, anaryl group, as defined above, e.g., benzyl.

The term “aryl,” as used herein, refers to a group of carbocylic ringsystem, including monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, tetracyclic 3- to14-membered carbocyclic (C₃₋₁₄) ring systems, wherein at least one ofthe rings is an aromatic moiety. The aryl moiety may be fully aromatic,examples of which are phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, acenaphthylenyl,azulenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, indolyl, indazolyl, triazolopyrmidinyl,and pyrenyl. The aryl group may also contain an aromatic ring incombination with a non-aromatic ring, examples of which are acenaphene,indene, and fluorene. In certain embodiments of the present invention,“aryl” refers to a mono- or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having oneor two rings satisfying the Huckel rule for aromaticity, including, butnot limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, indenyl,phenanthryl, anthracyl, and the like.

The term “cycloalkyl,” as used herein, refers specifically to monocyclicor bicyclic alkyl groups having three to seven, preferably three to tencarbon atoms. Suitable cycloalkyl moieties include cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like, whichmay optionally be substituted.

The term “halogen,” as used herein, refers to F, Cl, Br, or I.

The term “haloalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, such asa C₁₋₆alkyl group, in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms arereplaced by a halogen. Such groups include chloromethyl, fluoromethyl,trifluoromethyl, and the like.

The term “HCV polymerase,” as used herein, refers to the NS5B polymeraseof HCV.

The term “heteroaryl,” as used herein, refers to a stable 3- to15-membered aromatic ring moiety that consists of carbon atoms and fromone to five heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S, and mayoptionally be substituted. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl moietymay be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring; andnitrogen or sulfur atoms in the ring structure may be optionallyoxidized; and nitrogen atom(s) may be optionally quaternized. Theheteroaryl moiety ring may be attached to the main structure at anyheteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stablecompound. Exemplary heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrazinyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl,isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl,isoquinolinyl, and the like.

The term “heterocyclyl,” as used herein, refers to a stable 3- to15-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring moiety that consists of carbonatoms and from one to five heteroatoms independently selected from N, O,and S, and may optionally be substituted. In some embodiments, theheterocyclic group may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, ortetracyclic group, which may include fused or bridged rings; and thenitrogen or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclic group may be optionallyoxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and theheterocyclic group may be aromatic, or partially or fully saturated. Theheterocyclic group may be attached to the main structure at anyheteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stablecompound. Exemplary heterocyclic groups include heteroaryl groups asdescribed herein and non-aromatic heterocyclic groups, i.e.,heterocycloalkyl groups, such as morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl,pyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl,tetrahydropyranyl, and the like.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable,” as used herein in relation to aningredient (such as an active ingredient, a salt thereof, or anexcipient) that may be included in a pharmaceutical formulation foradministration to a patient, refers to that ingredient being acceptablein the sense of being compatible with any other ingredients present inthe pharmaceutical formulation and not being deleterious to the patient.

The term “preventing,” as used herein, means that the compounds of thepresent invention are useful when administered to a patient who has notbeen diagnosed as possibly having the disease at the time ofadministration, but who would normally be expected to develop thedisease or be at increased risk for the disease. Generally, the term“preventing” refers to administration of a compound of the inventionprior to the onset of symptoms, particularly to patients at risk ofcontracting HCV infection. The compounds of the invention will slow thedevelopment of disease symptoms, delay the onset of disease, or preventthe individual from developing the disease at all.

The term “prodrug,” as used herein, refers to a chemical compound thathas little or no pharmacological activity per se or that has propertiesthat are preferred for administration, but that is capable of undergoingbiotransformation to a therapeutically active metabolite of interest.For example, a prodrug form of a compound of Formula I may itself havelittle or no inhibitory activity against HCV polymerase, but wouldundergo biotransformation in the body of the patient to the active formof the compound. As another example, a prodrug form of a compound ofFormula I may have one or more physicochemical properties, e.g.,solubility, that imparts to the compound a different pharmacokinetic orpharmacodynamic profile. Biotransformation can include hydrolysis,oxidation, photolysis, or by means of physiological or metabolicprocesses, e.g., by enzymatic modification. A prodrug may be thought ofas including the therapeutic compound covalently linked to a promoiety,and the biotransformation process removes or modifies the promoiety toyield the therapeutic compound. Common functional groups on compoundsthat may be replaced with or modified to contain a promoiety include,for example, amino, carbonyl, carboxyl, hydroxyl, phosphoryl, andthiolyl groups. See, e.g., Rautio et al., Nat Rev Drug Discov, 2008,7:255-270. If a parent drug contains one of these moieties, the compoundmay be modified using bioreversible chemistry to contain a promoiety.Alternatively, the prodrug may be prepared with the promoietyincorporated at an earlier synthetic stage, as may be desired.

The term “solvate,” as used herein, refers to a complex of variablestoichiometry formed by a solute (in this invention, a compound ofFormula I or a salt thereof) and a solvent. Such solvents for thepurpose of the invention may not interfere with the biological activityof the solute. Examples of suitable solvents include, but are notlimited to, water, methanol, ethanol and acetic acid. Preferably thesolvent used is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent. However, solvateshaving non-pharmaceutically acceptable solvents are within the scope ofthe present invention, for example, for use as intermediates in thepreparation of other compounds of Formula I and their pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts. Most preferably the solvent used is water and theresulting solvate may also be referred to as a hydrate. As used hereinand unless otherwise indicated, the term “hydrate” means a compoundprovided herein or a salt thereof that further includes a stoichiometricor nonstoichiometric amount of water bound by non-covalentintermolecular forces.

The term “stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds that possessstability sufficient to allow their manufacture, and that maintain theintegrity of the compound for a sufficient period of time to be detectedand preferably for a sufficient period of time to be useful for thepurposes detailed herein. For example, a compound of the inventionshould be sufficiently stable to permit its purification, or isolation,or identification; or should be sufficiently stable to permitformulation into a pharmaceutically acceptable dosage form.

The term “subject,” as used herein, is an animal, typically a mammal,most typically a human, such as a patient. The term “host,” as usedherein, is a cell, such as a hepatocyte, or a human patient or othersubject suspected of being, or determined to have been, infected withHCV, as determined through conventional genetic or serologic techniques.

The term “substituted,” as used herein, refers to a moiety that hascomprises at least one non-hydrogen substituent instead of a hydrogen.For example if a phenyl group is said to be optionally substituted, atleast one of the hydrogens in the phenyl ring may be replaced with asubstituent that is not hydrogen. Typically, such substituents are smallmoieties, such as halo, hydroxyl, C₁₋₄alkyl, C₁₋₄alkoxy. Suchsubstitutions generally either contribute to a desirable property forthe molecule or at least do not substantially detract from the desirableproperties of the molecule, and in any case should be sufficientlystable for use according to the purposes set forth herein.

The term “therapeutic amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount of acompound that would be reasonably expected by the skilled medicalpractitioner to have a particular therapeutic effect in the patient,taking into consideration such factors as the sex, age, geneticbackground, body mass, body surface area, mode of administration, andthe like, notwithstanding idiosyncrasies of the patient's physiology.The therapeutic effect may be realized in the treatment, prevention,and/or management of a HCV infection or a condition or symptomassociated with such infection, or the delay or minimizaztion of one ormore symptoms associated therewith. The term “therapeutic amount” cantherefore, encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces oravoids symptoms or causes of HCV infection, or enhances the therapeuticefficacy of another therapeutic agent. It is possible that a therapeuticamount of a compound may achieve different results when administered todifferent patients. In some cases, an amount of a compound that producestherapeutic benefit to one patient may yield little or no benefit foranother patient, but is still considered a therapeutic amount. In someembodiments, a therapeutic amount of an active compound is an amountdetermined by the US Food and Drug Administration (or a correlativeorganization in another country or region) to be safe and effective inthe treatment of HCV infection or another specified disease or disorderin a human patient.

It will be appreciated that reference herein to “therapy” and/or“treatment” includes, but is not limited to prevention, retardation,prophylaxis, amelioration, and/or cure of the HCV infection orconsequent or associate medical symptoms, conditions, or other sequelae.It will thus be appreciated that references herein to treatment orprevention of HCV infection include treatment or prevention of chronicHCV infection, acute HCV infection, or any of the HCV-associateddiseases and disorders such as liver fibrosis, hepatic steatosis,cirrhosis, and hepatocellular carcinoma. Accordingly, the terms “treat,”“treating,” and “treatment,” as used herein refer to alleviating orreducing the severity of a symptom associated with HCV infection or acondition consequent to such infection. In certain embodiments,compounds of the invention will delay or slow the progression of HCVinfection, or a condition consequent to such infection, thereby makingit possible for the subject to enjoy a longer life span or a betterquality of life.

The term “subtherapeutic amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount ofa compound that, if administered alone, would be expected to exhibit notherapeutic effect or no significant therapeutic effect in the patient,taking into consideration the foregoing factors. Subtherapeutic amountsof a compound of Formula I may be useful in combination therapy, inwhich, for example, two or more active compounds are administered toachieve a therapeutic effect.

Therapeutic or treatment effect may be measured in any manner known inthe art. Therapeutic effect may be observed in asymptomatic HCV patientsby way of delaying, reducing, or preventing onset or development of oneor more such symptoms characteristic of HCV disease. For example,therapeutic effect may be observed through delay, reduction, orprevention of a liver pathology. As another example, therapeutic effectmay be observed through reduction of viral load (such as by qPCRassessment of the number of copies of HCV RNA in a patient's blood).See, e.g., Highleyman L. and Franciscus A., “HCV Diagnostic Tools: HCVViral Load Tests,” HCSP Fact Sheet, v.3 May 2011[http://www.hcvadvocate.org/hepatitis/factsheets_pdf/viralload.pdf].

The term “effective amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount of acompound that, when provided to a host cell or an in vitro or ex vivosystem would be expected to exhibit an overt or measurable effect in thesystem. For example, in an acellular or cellular assay system suitablefor measuring an activity of HCV polymerase, the compounds of Formula Imay inhibit or reduce such activity of HCV polymerase when provided inan effective amount. As another example, in an cellular assay systemsuitable for measuring replication or infectivity of HCV, the compoundsof Formula I may inhibit or reduce such activity of HCV when provided inan effective amount.

Pharmaceutical Compositions and Dosage Forms

The invention provides compositions, and in particular, pharmaceuticalcompositions, comprising any of the compounds of Formula I (e.g., asingle enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, or a mixture ofdiastereomers thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof) in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle,carrier, diluent, excipient, or a mixture of one or more of theforegoing ingredients.

While numerous embodiments of compositions according to the inventionare set forth in detail below, it will be understood by the skilledperson that compounds of Formula I are not limited to use incompositions specifically adapted for administration as medicaments, butthat many other compositions comprising any of the compounds of FormulaI may be made using conventional materials and methods. Accordingly, theinvention provides compositions comprising any of the compounds ofFormula I (e.g., a single enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, or amixture of diastereomers thereof, or a salt or solvate thereof) incombination with at least one vehicle, carrier, diluent, excipient, or amixture of one or more of the foregoing ingredients. For example, it isto be expected that any of the compounds of Formula I may appear insolution with a solvent that is considered not acceptable foradministration to humans or other subjects. In addition, any of thecompounds of Formula I may be prepared as a salt of a compound that isconsidered not acceptable for administration to humans or othersubjects. The skilled person will understand how to prepare andinterconvert such salt forms of the compounds, and such compositionscomprising such compounds, by way of conventional techniques.

The amounts of various compounds of Formula I to be administered can bedetermined by standard procedures taking into account factors such asthe compound (IC₅₀) potency, (EC₅₀) efficacy, and the biologicalhalf-life (of the compound), the age, size and weight of the patient,and the disease or disorder associated with the patient. The importanceof these and other factors to be considered are known to those ofordinary skill in the art.

Amounts administered also depend on the routes of administration and thedegree of oral bioavailability. For example, for compounds of Formula Iwith low oral bioavailability, relatively higher doses will have to beadministered. Oral administration is a convenient method ofadministration of the compounds of Formula I.

Suitably the pharmaceutical composition is in unit dosage form. For oraladministration, for example, a tablet or capsule may be administered;for nasal application, a metered aerosol dose may be administered; fortransdermal application, a topical formulation or patch may beadministered; and for transmucosal delivery, a buccal patch may beadministered.

Each dosage unit for oral administration may contain from 0.01 to 500mg/Kg, for example from 0.1 to 50 mg/Kg, of a compound of Formula I— ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, calculated as the free base.The daily dosage for parenteral, nasal, oral inhalation, transmucosal,or transdermal routes may contains from 0.01 mg to 100 mg/Kg, of acompound of Formula (I). A topical formulation may contain 0.01 to 5.0%of a compound of Formula I. The active ingredient may be administeredfrom 1 to 4 times per day, for example once, twice or three times perday, sufficient to achieve the desired pharmaceutical activity.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in various dosageforms, including, but not limited to, the dosage forms for oral,parenteral, or topical administration. The pharmaceutical compositionsmay also be formulated as modified release dosage forms, including, butnot limited to, delayed, extended, prolonged, sustained, pulsatile,controlled, accelerated, fast, targeted, and programmed release, andgastric retention dosage forms. These dosage forms can be preparedaccording to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilledin the art. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,21^(st) ed., 2005, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; Ansel's PharmaceuticalDosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 9^(th) ed., 2010, LippincottWilliams & Wilkins.

In one aspect of the invention, the pharmaceutical compositions areprovided in a dosage form for oral administration, which comprise acompound provided herein, including a single enantiomer, a mixture ofenantiomers, or a mixture of diastereomers thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate; and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable vehicle, carrier, diluent, excipient, or a mixture thereof.

In another aspect of the invention, the pharmaceutical compositions areprovided in a dosage form for parenteral administration, which comprisea compound provided herein, including a single enantiomer, a mixture ofenantiomers, or a mixture of diastereomers thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate; and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable vehicle, carrier, diluent, excipient, or a mixture thereof.

In yet another aspect of the invention, the pharmaceutical compositionsare provided in a dosage form for topical administration, which comprisea compound provided herein, including a single enantiomer, a mixture ofenantiomers, or a mixture of diastereomers thereof, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate; and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable vehicle, carrier, diluent, excipient, or a mixture thereof.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be provided in aunit- or multiple-dosage form. A unit-dosage form, as used herein,refers to a physically discrete unit suitable for administration to asubject, and packaged individually as is known in the art. Eachunit-dose contains a predetermined quantity of the active ingredient(s)sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in associationwith the required pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle, carrier, diluent,excipient, or a mixture thereof. Examples of a unit-dosage form includean ampoule, syringe, and individually packaged tablet and capsule. Aunit-dosage form may be administered in fractions or multiples thereof.A multiple-dosage form is a plurality of identical unit-dosage formspackaged in a single container to be administered in a segregatedunit-dosage form. Examples of multiple-dosage forms include, withoutlimitation, vials, bottles, blister-packs, and cardboard packages oftablets or capsules.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administered atonce, or multiple times at intervals of time. It is understood that thedosage and duration of treatment suitable for a particular patient mayvary with the age, weight, and condition of the patient being treated,and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or byextrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test or diagnostic data. It isfurther understood that for any particular individual, specific dosageregimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual needand the professional judgment of the person administering or supervisingthe administration of the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein.

Oral Administration

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be provided insolid, semisolid, or liquid dosage forms for oral administration. Asused herein, oral administration also includes buccal, lingual, andsublingual administration. Suitable oral dosage forms include, but arenot limited to, tablets, capsules, pills, troches, lozenges, pastilles,cachets, pellets, medicated chewing gum, granules, bulk powders,effervescent or non-effervescent powders or granules, solutions,emulsions, suspensions, wafers, sprinkles, elixirs, and syrups.

In addition to the active ingredient(s), the pharmaceutical compositionsfor oral administration may contain one or more pharmaceuticallyacceptable carriers or excipients, including, but not limited to,binders, fillers, diluents, disintegrants, wetting agents, lubricants,glidants, coloring agents, dye-migration inhibitors, sweetening agents,and flavoring agents. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers andexcipients are known and described in the art. See, e.g., RC Rowe,Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 6^(th) ed., 2009, PharmaceuticalPress.

Binders or granulators impart cohesiveness to a tablet to ensure thetablet remaining intact after compression. Suitable binders or fillersinclude, but are not limited to, starches, such as corn starch, potatostarch, and pre-gelatinized starch (e.g., STARCH 1500); gelatin; sugars,such as sucrose, glucose, dextrose, molasses, and lactose; natural andsynthetic gums, such as acacia, alginic acid, alginates, extract ofIrish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isabgol (psyllium)husks, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), Veegum, larch arabogalactan, powderedtragacanth, and guar gum; celluloses, such as ethyl cellulose (EC),cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose,hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC), hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC),hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC); microcrystalline celluloses, suchas AVICEL-PH-101, AVICEL-PH-103, AVICEL RC-581, AVICEL-PH-105 (FMCCorp., Marcus Hook, Pa.); and mixtures thereof. Suitable fillersinclude, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate,microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin,mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, andmixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the binder or filler ispresent from about 50 to about 99% by weight in the pharmaceuticalcompositions provided herein.

Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, dicalcium phosphate,calcium sulfate, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, inositol, cellulose,kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dry starch, and powdered sugar.Certain diluents, such as mannitol, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, andinositol, when present in sufficient quantity, can impart properties tosome compressed tablets that permit disintegration in the mouth bychewing. Such compressed tablets can be used as chewable tablets.

Suitable disintegrants include, but are not limited to, agar; bentonite;celluloses, such as methyl cellulose and CMC; wood products; naturalsponge; cation exchange resins; alginic acid; gums, such as guar gum andVeegum HV; citrus pulp; cross-linked celluloses, such as croscarmellose;cross-linked polymers, such as crospovidone; cross-linked starches;calcium carbonate; microcrystalline cellulose, such as sodium starchglycolate; polacrilin potassium; starches, such as corn starch, potatostarch, tapioca starch, and pregelatinized starch; clays; aligns; andmixtures thereof. The amount of a disintegrant in the pharmaceuticalcompositions provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and isreadily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. In certainembodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein containfrom about 0.5 to about 15% or from about 1 to about 5% by weight of adisintegrant.

Suitable lubricants include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate;magnesium stearate; sodium stearyl fumarate; mineral oil; light mineraloil; glycerin; sorbitol; mannitol; glycols, such as glycerol behenateand polyethylene glycol (PEG); stearic acid; stearyl fumaric acid;sodium lauryl sulfate; talc; hydrogenated vegetable oil, includingpeanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, cornoil, and soybean oil; zinc stearate; ethyl oleate; ethyl laureate; agar;starch; lycopodium; silica or silica gels, such as AEROSIL® 200 (W.R.Grace Co., Baltimore, Md.) and CAB-O-SIL® (Cabot Co., Boston, Mass.);and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceuticalcompositions provided herein contain about 0.1 to about 5% by weight ofa lubricant.

Suitable glidants include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicondioxide, CAB-O-SIL®, and asbestos-free talc.

Suitable coloring agents include, but are not limited to, any of theapproved, certified, water soluble FD&C dyes, water insoluble FD&C dyessuspended on alumina hydrate, and color lakes, and mixtures thereof. Acolor lake is the combination by adsorption of a water-soluble dye to ahydrous oxide of a heavy metal, resulting in an insoluble form of thedye.

Suitable flavoring agents include, but are not limited to, naturalflavors extracted from plants, such as fruits, and synthetic blends ofcompounds which produce a pleasant taste sensation, such as peppermintand methyl salicylate.

Suitable sweetening agents include, but are not limited to, sucrose,lactose, mannitol, syrups, glycerin, and artificial sweeteners, such assaccharin and aspartame.

Suitable emulsifying agents include, but are not limited to, gelatin,acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants, such as polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate (TWEEN® 20), polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80(TWEEN® 80), and triethanolamine oleate.

Suitable suspending and dispersing agents include, but are not limitedto, sodium CMC, pectin, tragacanth, Veegum, acacia, HPMC, and PVP.

Suitable preservatives include, but are not limited to, glycerin, estersof p-hydroxybenzoic acid (e.g., methyl- and propyl-paraben), benzoicadd, sodium benzoate and alcohol.

Suitable wetting agents include, but are not limited to, propyleneglycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate,and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.

Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol,ethyl alcohol, and syrup.

Suitable non-aqueous liquids utilized in emulsions include, but are notlimited to, mineral oil and cottonseed oil.

Suitable organic acids include, but are not limited to, citric andtartaric acid.

Suitable sources of carbon dioxide include, but are not limited to,sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate.

It should be understood that a particular carrier or excipient may servemore than one function, even within the same formulation.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be provided ascompressed tablets, tablet triturates, chewable lozenges, rapidlydissolving tablets, multiple compressed tablets, enteric coated tablets,sugar-coated tablets, or film-coated tablets. Enteric coated tablets arecompressed tablets coated with substances that resist the action ofstomach acid but dissolve or disintegrate in the intestine, thusprotecting the active ingredients from the acidic environment of thestomach. Enteric-coatings include, but are not limited to, fatty acids,fats, phenyl salicylate, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac, andcellulose acetate phthalates. Sugar-coated tablets are compressedtablets surrounded by a sugar coating, which may be beneficial incovering up objectionable taste or odor and in protecting the tabletsfrom oxidation. Film-coated tablets are compressed tablets that arecovered with a thin layer or film of a water-soluble material. Filmcoatings include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethyl cellulose, sodiumCMC, polyethylene glycol 4000, and cellulose acetate phthalate. Filmcoating imparts the same general characteristics as sugar coating.Multiple compressed tablets are compressed tablets made by more than onecompression cycle, including layered, press-coated, and dry-coatedtablets.

The tablet dosage forms may be prepared from the active ingredient inpowdered, crystalline, or granular forms, alone or in combination with apharmaceutically acceptable vehicle, carrier, diluent, or excipient, ora mixture thereof; including, e.g., a binder, disintegrant,controlled-release polymer, lubricant, diluent, and/or colorant.Flavoring and sweetening agents are especially useful in the formationof chewable tablets and lozenges.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be provided as softor hard capsules, which can be made from, e.g., gelatin,methylcellulose, pullulan, starch, or calcium alginate. The hard gelatincapsule, also known as a dry-filled capsule (DFC), consists of twosections, one slipping over the other, thus completely enclosing theactive ingredient. The soft elastic capsule (SEC) is a soft, globularshell, such as a gelatin shell, which is plasticized by the addition ofglycerin, sorbitol, or a similar polyol. The soft gelatin shells maycontain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. Suitablepreservatives are those as described herein, including, but not limitedto, methyl- and propyl-parabens and sorbic acid. The liquid, semisolid,and solid dosage forms provided herein may be encapsulated in a capsuleusing conventional methods. Suitable liquid and semisolid dosage formsinclude, but are not limited to, solutions and suspensions in propylenecarbonate, vegetable oils, or triglycerides. The capsules may also becoated as known by those of skill in the art in order to modify orsustain dissolution of the active ingredient.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be provided inliquid and semisolid dosage forms, including, but not limited to,emulsions, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, and syrups. An emulsion is atwo-phase system, in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of smallglobules throughout another liquid, which can be oil-in-water orwater-in-oil. Emulsions may include a pharmaceutically acceptablenon-aqueous liquid or solvent, emulsifying agent, and preservative.Suspensions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agentand preservative. Aqueous alcoholic solutions may include apharmaceutically acceptable acetal, such as a di(lower alkyl) acetal ofa lower alkyl aldehyde, e.g., acetaldehyde diethyl acetal; and awater-miscible solvent having one or more hydroxyl groups, such aspropylene glycol and ethanol. Elixirs are clear, sweetened, andhydroalcoholic solutions. Syrups are concentrated aqueous solutions of asugar, for example, sucrose, and may also contain a preservative. For aliquid dosage form, for example, a solution in a polyethylene glycol maybe diluted with a sufficient quantity of a pharmaceutically acceptableliquid carrier, e.g., water, to be measured conveniently foradministration.

Other useful liquid and semisolid dosage forms include, but are notlimited to, those containing an active ingredient, e.g., a compound ofFormula I, and a dialkylated mono- or polyalkylene glycol, including,1,2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethyleneglycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-dimethyl ether,polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether, wherein 350, 550, and 750 referto the approximate average molecular weight of the polyethylene glycol.These formulations may further comprise one or more antioxidants, suchas butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA),propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarins, ethanolamine,lecithin, cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoricacid, bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and itsesters, and dithiocarbamates.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for oral administrationmay be also provided in the form of liposomes, micelles, microspheres,or nanosystems. Micellar dosage forms can be prepared as described inU.S. Pat. No. 6,350,458.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be provided asnoneffervescent or effervescent granules or powders, to be reconstitutedinto a liquid dosage form. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers andexcipients used in the non-effervescent granules or powders may includediluents, sweeteners, and wetting agents. Pharmaceutically acceptablecarriers and excipients used in the effervescent granules or powders mayinclude organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated asimmediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed,sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted, and programmed release forms.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be co-formulatedwith other active ingredients which do not impair the desiredtherapeutic action, or with substances that supplement the desiredaction.

Parenteral Administration

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administeredparenterally by injection, infusion, or implantation, for local orsystemic administration. Parenteral administration, as used herein,include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal,intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial,intramuscular, intrasynovial, and subcutaneous administration.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated in anydosage forms that are suitable for parenteral administration, includingsolutions, suspensions, emulsions, micelles, liposomes, microspheres,nanosystems, and solid forms suitable for solutions or suspensions inliquid prior to injection. Such dosage forms can be prepared accordingto conventional methods known to those skilled in the art ofpharmaceutical science. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practiceof Pharmacy, supra; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients; supra.

The pharmaceutical compositions intended for parenteral administrationmay include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers andexcipients, including, but not limited to, aqueous vehicles,water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents

or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers,solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffering agents, antioxidants,local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting oremulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents,cryoprotectants, lyoprotectants, thickening agents, pH adjusting agents,and inert gases. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers andexcipients are known and described in the art. See, e.g., Handbook ofPharmaceutical Excipients, supra.

Suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, water,saline, physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), sodiumchloride injection, Ringer's injection, isotonic dextrose injection,sterile water injection, and dextrose and lactated Ringer's injection.Non-aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, fixed oils ofvegetable origin, castor oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, olive oil,peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil,hydrogenated vegetable oils, hydrogenated soybean oil, medium-chaintriglycerides of coconut oil, and palm seed oil. Water-miscible vehiclesinclude, but are not limited to, ethanol, 1,3-butanediol, liquidpolyethylene glycol (e.g., polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethyleneglycol 400), propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone,N,N-dimethylacetamide, and dimethyl sulfoxide.

Suitable antimicrobial agents or preservatives include, but are notlimited to, phenols, cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol,thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride (e.g., benzethonium chloride), methyl-and propyl-parabens, and sorbic acid. Suitable isotonic agents include,but are not limited to, sodium chloride, glycerin, and dextrose.Suitable buffering agents include, but are not limited to, phosphate andcitrate. Suitable antioxidants are those as described herein, includingbisulfite and sodium metabisulfite. Suitable local anesthetics include,but are not limited to, procaine hydrochloride. Suitable suspending anddispersing agents are those as described herein, including sodium CMC,HPMC, and PVP. Suitable emulsifying agents include those describedherein, including polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate 80, and triethanolamine oleate. Suitablesequestering or chelating agents include, but are not limited to, EDTA.Suitable pH adjusting agents include, but are not limited to, sodiumhydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid, and lactic acid. Suitablecomplexing agents include, but are not limited to, cyclodextrins,including α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin,sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin, and sulfobutylether-7-β-cyclodextrin(CAPTISOL®, CyDex, Lenexa, Kans.).

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated forsingle or multiple dosage administration. The single dosage formulationscan be packaged in, e.g., an ampoule, a vial, or a syringe. In certainembodiments, the multiple dosage parenteral formulations contain anantimicrobial agent at bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations. Incertain embodiments, the parenteral formulations provided herein aresterile, as known and practiced in the art.

In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are provided asready-to-use sterile solutions. In another embodiment, thepharmaceutical compositions are provided as sterile dry solubleproducts, including lyophilized powders and hypodermic tablets, to bereconstituted with a vehicle prior to use. In yet another embodiment,the pharmaceutical compositions are provided as ready-to-use sterilesuspensions. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositionsare provided as sterile dry insoluble products to be reconstituted witha vehicle prior to use. In still another embodiment, the pharmaceuticalcompositions are provided as ready-to-use sterile emulsions.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated asimmediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed,sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted, and programmed release forms.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated as a suspension,solid, semisolid, or thixotropic liquid, for administration as animplanted depot. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositionsprovided herein are dispersed in a solid inner matrix, which issurrounded by an outer polymeric membrane that is insoluble in bodyfluids but allows the active ingredient in the pharmaceuticalcompositions to diffuse through.

Suitable inner matrixes include polymethylmethacrylate,polybutyl-methacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinylchloride,plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, naturalrubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene,ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers,polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilicpolymers, such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic and methacrylic acid,collagen, cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol, and cross-linked partiallyhydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate.

Suitable outer polymeric membranes include polyethylene, polypropylene,ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene/propylene copolymers,ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride,vinyl chloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride,ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubberepichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer,ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer, andethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer.

Topical Administration

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administeredtopically to the skin, orifices, or mucosa. The topical administration,as used herein, includes (intra)dermal, conjunctival, intracorneal,intraocular, ophthalmic, auricular, transdermal, nasal, vaginal,urethral, respiratory, and rectal administration.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated in anydosage forms that are suitable for topical administration for local orsystemic effect, including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, creams,gels, hydrogels, ointments, dusting powders, dressings, elixirs,lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, films, aerosols,irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, and dermal patches. Thetopical formulation of the pharmaceutical compositions provided hereinmay also comprise liposomes, micelles, microspheres, nanosystems, andmixtures thereof.

Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients suitable for use inthe topical formulations provided herein include, but are not limitedto, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles,antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth ofmicroorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents,buffering agents, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending anddispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents,sequestering or chelating agents, penetration enhancers,cryoprotectants, lyoprotectants, thickening agents, and inert gases.Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients are knownand described in the art. See, e.g., RC Rowe, Handbook of PharmaceuticalExcipients, 6^(th) ed., 2009, Pharmaceutical Press.

The pharmaceutical compositions may also be administered topically byelectroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonophoresis, ormicroneedle or needle-free injection, such as POWDERJECT™ (Chiron Corp.,Emeryville, Calif.), and BIOJECT™ (Bioject Medical Technologies Inc.,Tualatin, Oreg.).

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be provided in theform of ointments, creams, or gels. Suitable ointment vehicles includeoleaginous or hydrocarbon vehicles, including lard, benzoinated lard,olive oil, cottonseed oil, and other oils; white petrolatum;emulsifiable or absorption vehicles, such as hydrophilic petrolatum,hydroxystearin sulfate, and anhydrous lanolin; water-removable vehicles,such as hydrophilic ointment; water-soluble ointment vehicles, includingpolyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight; and emulsion vehicles,either water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions,including cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin, and stearicacid. These vehicles are emollient but generally require addition ofantioxidants and preservatives.

Suitable cream bases can be oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Cream vehiclesmay be water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier, and anaqueous phase. The oil phase is also called the “internal” phase, whichis generally comprised of petrolatum and a fatty alcohol such as cetylor stearyl alcohol. The aqueous phase usually, although not necessarily,exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. Theemulsifier in a cream formulation may be a nonionic, anionic, cationic,or amphoteric surfactant.

Gels are semisolid, suspension-type systems. Single-phase gels containorganic macromolecules distributed substantially uniformly throughout aliquid carrier. Suitable gelling agents include crosslinked acrylic acidpolymers, such as carbomers, carboxypolyalkylenes, CARBOPOL®;hydrophilic polymers, such as polyethylene oxides,polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers, and polyvinyl alcohol;cellulosic polymers, such as HPC, HEC, HPMC, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, and methylcellulose; gums, such as tragacanthand xanthan gum; sodium alginate; and gelatin. To prepare a uniform gel,dispersing agents such as alcohol or glycerin can be added, or thegelling agent can be dispersed by trituration, mechanical mixing, and/orstirring.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administeredrectally, urethrally, vaginally, or perivaginally in the form ofsuppositories, pessaries, bougies, poultices or cataplasm, pastes,powders, dressings, creams, plasters, contraceptives, ointments,solutions, emulsions, suspensions, tampons, gels, foams, sprays, orenemas. These dosage forms can be manufactured using conventionalprocesses, such as are described in Remington: The Science and Practiceof Pharmacy, supra.

Rectal, urethral, and vaginal suppositories are solid bodies forinsertion into body orifices, which are solid at ordinary temperaturesbut melt or soften at body temperature to release the activeingredient(s) inside the orifices. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriersutilized in rectal and vaginal suppositories include bases or vehicles,such as stiffening agents, which produce a melting point in theproximity of body temperature. Suitable vehicles include, but are notlimited to, cocoa butter (theobroma oil), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax(polyoxyethylene glycol), spermaceti, paraffin, white and yellow wax,and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di- and triglycerides of fatty acids,hydrogels, such as polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxyethyl methacrylate,polyacrylic acid; and glycerinated gelatin. Combinations of the variousvehicles may be used. Rectal and vaginal suppositories may furthercomprise antioxidants as described herein, including bisulfite andsodium metabisulfite. Rectal and vaginal suppositories may be preparedby the compressed method or molding. The typical mass of a rectal andvaginal suppository is about 2 to about 3 g.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be administeredintranasally or by inhalation to the respiratory tract. Thepharmaceutical compositions may be provided in the form of an aerosol orsolution for delivery using a pressurized container, pump, spray,atomizer, such as an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce afine mist, or nebulizer, alone or in combination with a suitablepropellant, such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane or1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane. The pharmaceutical compositions mayalso be provided as a dry powder for insufflation, alone or incombination with an inert carrier such as lactose or phospholipids; ornasal drops. For intranasal use, the powder may comprise a bioadhesiveagent, including chitosan or cyclodextrin.

Solutions or suspensions for use in a pressurized container, pump,spray, atomizer, or nebulizer may be formulated to contain ethanol,aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative agent, solvent or solventsystem for dispersing, solubilizing, or extending release of the activeingredient provided herein; and/or a propellant as solvent; and/or asurfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolacticacid.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be micronized to asize suitable for delivery by inhalation, such as about 50 micrometersor less, or about 10 micrometers or less. Particles of such sizes may beprepared using a comminuting method known to those skilled in the art,such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluidprocessing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenization, or spraydrying.

Capsules, blisters, and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflatormay be formulated to contain a powder mix of the pharmaceuticalcompositions provided herein; a suitable powder base, such as lactose orstarch; and a performance modifier, such as l-leucine, mannitol, ormagnesium stearate. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form ofmonohydrates. Other suitable excipients or carriers include dextran,glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, and trehalose.The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for inhaled/intranasaladministration may further comprise a suitable flavoring agent, such asmenthol and levomenthol, or sweeteners, such as saccharin or saccharinsodium.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for topicaladministration may be formulated to be immediate release or modifiedrelease, including delayed, sustained, pulsed, controlled, targeted, andprogrammed release.

Co-Administration and Combinations

The terms “co-administration” and “in combination with” include theadministration of two or more pharmaceutically active agents (forexample, a compound of Formula I and another antiviral agent or secondagent) either simultaneously, concurrently, or sequentially with nospecific time limits. In one embodiment, both agents are present in thecell or in the patient's body at the same time or exert their biologicalor therapeutic effect at the same time. In one embodiment, the two ormore active agents are in the same composition or unit dosage form. Inanother embodiment, the two or more active agents are provided inseparate compositions or unit dosage forms.

The combinations above may conveniently be presented for use in the formof a pharmaceutical formulation and, thus, pharmaceutical formulationscomprising a combination as defined above together with apharmaceutically acceptable carrier thereof represent a further aspectof the invention.

The individual components of such combinations may be administeredeither sequentially or simultaneously, in separate or combinedpharmaceutical formulations. Appropriate doses of known active agentswill be readily appreciated by those skilled in the art.

The compounds of Formula I and other individual components of suchcombinations may be provided in therapeutic or subtherapeutic amounts.Irrespective of whether each component in the combination is itselfprovided in an amount that would otherwise be considered therapeutic orsubtherapeutic, and irrespective of whether the components are directedto the same or different specific therapeutic effects, a combinationaccording to the invention is administered in an amount that a skilledpractitioner would deem suitable for the treatment of HCV, as describedherein. In such cases, the combination is said to be administered in atherapeutic amount. Accordingly, an amount of a compound of theinvention might be considered subtherapeutic if administered alone, butwould be considered to be a therapeutic amount if the combination orco-administration regimen is considered therapeutically effective. Forexample, an amount of a compound of Formula I may be administered in anamount that achieves a therapeutic effect, e.g., a reduction inhepatitis C viral load, in combination with one or more other activeagents.

Combinations or co-administration of the compounds of the invention withother active agents may desirably exhibit synergistic effects (i.e., theeffect that is achieved when active ingredients are administeredtogether is greater than the sum of the effects of each agentadministered separately) and/or a higher barrier to drug resistance. Forexample, if two agents are co-administered, their combined effect may besynergistic if a therapeutic effect is achieved notwithstanding that thetwo agents would not be expected to yield an equivalent therapeuticeffect if administered separately or together. On the contrary,antagonism of two agents may be said to exist if their combined effectis less than the sum of the effects of each agent administeredseparately. Synergy, drug resistance, and antagonism may be measuredusing any method that is generally accepted in the art, such as by wayof concentration response curves for a parameter of interest. Synergy,drug resistance, or antagonism for a given combination may be determinedfor inhibition of HCV infection, HCV polymerase activity, apharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic effect, or the like.

Doses and dosing regimens of compounds of Formula I together with activesecond agents and combinations thereof should depend on the specificindication being treated, the age and condition of the patient, and theseverity of adverse effects, and may be adjusted accordingly by those ofskill in the art. Examples of doses and dosing regimens for other activemoieties can be found, for example, in Physician's Desk Reference, andwill require adaptation for use in the methods of the invention.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, there is administered to the patient atherapeutic amount of a combination comprising a compound of Formula Iand at least one other active agent to a patient in need thereof. Insome embodiments, the administered amount of at least one other activeagent is subtherapeutic. In some embodiments, the administered amount ofthe at least one other agent is therapeutic. In some embodiments, theadministered amount of the compound of Formula I is subtherapeutic. Inother embodiments, the administered amount of the compound of Formula Iis therapeutic.

The compounds of the invention may be administered as appropriate withone or more other active agents. Such active agents may be agents thathave activity against HCV directly or indirectly, e.g., compounds thatinhibit or reduce the replication or infectivity of HCV. Such and HCVagents include, among others, interferons, antiviral agents (e.g.,ribavirin, taribavirin (viramidine), amantadine), nucleoside HCV NS5Bpolymerase inhibitors, non-nucleoside HCV NS5B polymerase inhibitors,HCV protease inhibitors, HCV NS5A inhibitors, HCV NS4B inhibitors, HCVNS3 helicase inhibitors, host cell entry inhibitors, and humancyclophilin inhibitors.

In some embodiments, a compound of the invention may be administered incombination with one or more interferon molecules. Such interferonsinclude, without limitation, natural, recombinant, and modified (e.g.,PEG-linked, albumin-linked) interferon molecules. Interferons include,but are not limited to, interferon alfa-2a (Roferon®), interferonalpha-2b (Intron®), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen®), peginterferonalfa-2a (Pegasys®) or peginterferon alfa-2b (Peglntron®), recombinantalfa interferon (BLX-883; Locteron®), and albinterferon alfa 2b(Zalbin®).

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I may be administered incombination with an interferon and ribavirin. In such cases, thecompound of the invention may be said to be used to supplement thecurrent standard of care. In some other embodiments, a compound of theinvention is administered in combination with ribavirin.

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I may be administered incombination with one or more compounds that inhibit the activity of theHCV serine protease (NS3-4A). Such protease inhibitors include, withoutlimitation, telaprevir (Incivek™; VX-950; Vertex), boceprevir(Victrelis™; SCHSO3034; Merck), TMC435 (Tibotec/Medevir), danoprevir(ITMN-191/R7227; InterMune/Roche), BI 201335 (Boehringer Ingelheim), BI12202 (Boehringer Ingelheim), vaniprevir (MK-7009; Merck), ABT-450(Abbott/Enanta); VX500 (Vertex), PHX1766 (Phenomix), BILN2061(Boehringer Ingelheim), GS 9256 (Gilead), BMS-650032 (Bristol-MyersSquibb), VX-985 (Vertex), ACH-1625 (Achillion), and narlaprevir(SCH900518; Merck).

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I may be administered incombination with one or more nucleoside inhibitors of the HCV polymerase(NS5B). Suitable NI compounds include, among others, IDX184 (Idenix),RG7128 (R05024048; Pharmasset/Roche), PSI-7851 (Pharmasset), PSI-938(Pharmasset), and PSI-7977 (Pharmasset).

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I may be administered incombination with one or more non-nucleoside inhibitors of the HCVpolymerase (NS5B). Suitable NNI compounds include, without limitation,compounds that bind to or inhibit activity through one of the fouridentified NNI sites on the NS5B protein. See, Powdrill et al., Viruses,2010, 2:2169-95 and Appleby et al., “Viral RNA Polymerase Inhibitors,”Chapter 23 in Viral Genome Replication, Cameron et al., eds., SpringerScience+Business Media 2009. These compounds may be classified on thebasis of the site with which they interact.

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I may be co-administered, orprovided in combination, with an NNI I inhibitor compound, an NNI IIinhibitor compound, an NNI III inhibitor compound or an NNI IV inhibitorcompound. Accordingly, in some embodiments, a compound of the inventionmay be administered in combination with one or more compounds selectedfrom among:

-   -   NNI I compounds including, among others, JTK-109 (Japan        Tobacco), BILB-1941 (Boehringer Ingelheim), MK-3281 (Merck), BI        207127 (Boehringer Ingelheim); NNI II compounds including, among        others, filibuvir (PF-868554; Pfizer), VX-759 (VCH-759; Vertex),        VCH-916 (Vertex), VX-222 (VCH-222; Vertex);    -   NNI III compounds including, among others, GSK625433 (Glaxo        SmithKline), ANA598 (Anadys); or    -   NNI IV compounds including, among others, HCV-796        (ViroPharma/Wyeth), ABT-333 (Abbott), ABT-072 (Abbott),        tegobuvir (GS 9190; Gilead).

In other embodiments, a compound of Formula I may be administered incombination with one or more other NS5B polymerase inhibitors including,among others, BMS 791325 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), R1626 (Roche), A-848837(Abbott), and A-837093 (Abbott), as well as the compounds disclosed inInternational patent publications WO 02/100846 A1, WO 02/100851 A2, WO2004/052879 A2, WO 2004/052885 A1, WO 2006/072347 A2, WO 2006/119646 A1,WO 2008/017688 A1, WO 2008/043791 A2, WO 2008/058393 A1, WO 2008/059042A1, WO 2008/125599 A1, and WO 2009/000818 A1; U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,881,741B2, 6,887,877 B2, and 6,936,629 B2, 7,402,608 B2, and 7,569,600 B2; andYang et al., Bioorg Med Chem Lett, 2010, 20:4614-19.

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I may be administered incombination with an active compound that inhibits another activity orfunction of HCV. For example, a compound of the invention may beadministered in combination with one or more compounds selected from:

-   -   NS5A (regulatory protein) inhibitors, e.g., BMS-790052        (Bristol-Myers Squibb), BMS-824383 (Bristol-Myers Squibb),        AZD7295 (AstraZeneca), PPI-461 (Presidio);    -   NS3 (peptidase/helicase) inhibitors, e.g., BMS-650032        (Bristol-Myers Squibb);    -   NS4B (regulatory protein) inhibitors, e.g., clemizole (Eiger        Biopharmaceuticals); Host-cell entry inhibitors, e.g., ITX5061        (iTherX); and    -   Cyclophilin inhibitors, such as cyclophilin-A inhibitors, e.g.,        Debio 025 (alisporivir),

SCY-635, NIM811, and other cyclosporin (ciclosporin) derivatives.

The compounds of Formula I may also be used in combination with othertherapeutic agents, for example, therapeutic vaccines, antifibroticagents, anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids or NSAIDs,bronchodilators such as beta-2 adrenergic agonists and xanthines (e.g.,theophylline), mucolytic agents, anti-muscarinics, anti-leukotrienes,inhibitors of cell adhesion (e.g., ICAM antagonists), anti-oxidants(e.g., N-acetylcysteine), cytokine agonists, cytokine antagonists, lungsurfactants and/or antimicrobial agents. The compounds of Formula I mayalso be used in combination with gene replacement therapy.

While the active moieties mentioned herein as second active agents maybe identified as free active moieties, salt forms (including salts withhydrogen or coordination bonds), solvates, or as non-covalentderivatives (e.g., chelates, complexes, and clathrates) of such activemoieties, it is to be understood that the given representativecommercial drug products are not limiting, and free active moieties, orsalts or other derivative forms of the active moieties may alternativelybe employed. Accordingly, reference to an active moiety should beunderstood to encompass not just the free active moiety but anypharmacologically acceptable salt, solvate, or other derivative formthat is consistent with the specified parameters of use.

EXAMPLES

The chemistry examples, synthetic schemata, and intermediates, providedherein are intended to illustrate synthetic routes suitable forpreparation of the compounds of the invention (and their intermediates),to assist in understanding the present invention. With appropriatemanipulation and protection of any chemical functionality, synthesis ofcompounds of Formula I is accomplished by methods analogous to thosedescribed herein. Suitable protecting groups can be found, for example,in P. G. M. Wuts and T. W. Greene, Greene's Protective Groups in OrganicSynthesis, 4th Ed., 2006, Wiley Interscience.

Methods for testing for activity of the compounds of the invention aredescribed in the examples. The skilled persons will know of othermethods for identifying compounds having activity against the NS5Bpolymerase. For example, McKercher et al., Nucl Acids Res, 2004,32(2):422-31, describes a method for identifying NS5B inhibitorcompounds.

Synthetic intermediates were analyzed LC-MS. Final products wereanalyzed and confirmed by LC-MS and proton NMR. The LC-MS method: theinstrument was Agilent 1100 HPLC and Agilent 3200 mass spectrometer withESI(+) detector. The analytical column used was a Synergi Hydro-RPcolumn (00B-4375-E0; Phenomenex), and the compounds were eluted for 3minutes (10% to 95% acetonitrile in water, containing 0.1%trifluoroacetic acid).

Example 13-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

001 was prepared according to the following scheme:

To a stirred solution of 4-cyclohexanone (2 g, 17.8 mmol) andn-phenyltrifluoromethane-sulfonimide (7.6 g, 21.36 mmol) in THF (77 mL)under N₂ at −78° C. was added 1 M sodium bis-trimethylsilylamide in THF(20.0 mL, 19.6 mmol). The reaction was stirred 8 hours (hr), thenquenched with H₂O, and extracted with ether. The combined ether extractlayers were dried over MgSO₄, filtered and purified by silica gelchromatography to give 001B as a clear oil. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 245; MSfound: (M+H)⁺=245.

To a stirred solution of 001B (2.20 g, 9 mmol) in dioxane (38 mL) wasadded bis (pinacolato)diboron (2.74 g, 10.8 mmol),[1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)(Pd(dppf)Cl₂; 0.197 g, 0.27 mmol), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene(0.150 g, 0.27 mmol), and AcOK (potassium acetate; 2.64 g, 27 mmol). Themixture was degassed by evacuating the reaction flask under vacuumfollowed by N₂ back-fill (3×). Under N₂, the reaction was then heated to90° C. and stirred overnight (approx. 16 hr). The reaction was cooled toroom temperature (RT) and diluted with H₂O. The mixture was extractedwith ethyl acetate (EtOAc) (3×). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered, and then purified by silica gelchromatography to give compound 001C as a clear oil. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺:209. MS found: (M+H)⁺=209.

To a 50° C. solution of diiodomethane (9 g, 34 mmol) in CH₃CN (30 mL)were added sequentially tert-butyl nitrite (1.75 g, 17 mmol) followed bymethyl 3-amino-5-phenylthiophene-2-carboxylate (001D; 2.64 g, 11.3mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hr and then poured into asolution of sodium bisulfite (20 g in 50 mL H₂O) and stirred for 20minutes (min). The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc andconcentrated in vacuo. Silica gel column purification (0-5% EtOAc inhexane) gave 001E as yellow solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=345. MS found:(M+H)⁺=345.

N,N′-dimethyl formamide (DMF) (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to amixture of 3-bromopyridine-4-boronic acid (0.535 g, 2.65 mmol), compound001E (0.61 g, 1.77 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.065 g, 0.089 mmol), and sodiumcarbonate (0.563 g, 5.31 mmol) under nitrogen (N₂) and stirred at 88° C.for 3 hr. The reaction was cooled to RT, and to it was added ice-waterand EtOAc. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer wasback-extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were thenwashed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered over Celite®,and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified byflash chromatography (silica gel) eluting with 0-5% methanol (MeOH) inCH₂Cl₂ to give 001F as an off-white solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=375. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=375.

DMF (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to a mixture of 001C (0.31 g, 1.4mmol), 001F (0.340 g, 0.91 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.033 g, 0.0455 mmol),and sodium carbonate (0.3 g, 2.8 mmol) under N₂ and stirred at 88° C.for 3 hr. The reaction was cooled to RT, and to it was added ice-waterand EtOAc. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer wasback-extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered over Celite®, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flashchromatography (silica gel) eluting with 0-5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to givecompound 001G as a solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=390. MS found: (M+H)⁺=390.

001G (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (15 mL), and 10% Pd/C(20 mg) was added as the catalyst. Hydrogenation under 50 psi H₂ was runovernight. Filtration and concentration gave 001H. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=392.MS found: (M+H)⁺=392.

Methyl iodide (0.08 mL, 1.278 mmol) was added to a solution of 001H (100mg, 0.256 mmol) in 5 mL of acetonitrile (ACN) and the mixture wasstirred for 3 hr at 80° C. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude 0011 was used directly in the nextstep. MS calcd: (M)⁺=406. MS found: (M)⁺=406.

Sodium borohydride (42 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 0011(111 mg, 0.275 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) at RT with constant stirring. Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at 80° C. The reaction mixturewas quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated to obtain the product as brown oil, which was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) to yield the001J. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=410. MS found: (M+H)⁺=410.

001J (50 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF; 2 mL) and ethanol(EtOH; 1 mL). Lithium hydroxide solution (LiOH; 2 M, 0.5 mL) was thenadded. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and then diluted withEtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water and concentrated. Thefinal product was precipitated out in hexane and washed more withhexane. The powder of compound 001 was obtained with lyophilization. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=396. MS found: (M+H)⁺=396.

Example 25-Iodo-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

002 was prepared according to the following scheme:

To a 50° C. solution of diiodomethane (9 g, 34 mmol) in CH₃CN (30 mL)were added, sequentially, tert-butyl nitrite (1.75 g, 17 mmol) followedby methyl 3-amino-2-thiophenecarboxylate (1.77 g, 11.3 mmol). Thereaction was stirred for 1.5 hr and then poured into a solution ofsodium bisulfite (20 g in 50 mL H₂O) and stirred for 20 min. Theresulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc and concentrated in vacuo.Silica gel column separation (0-5% EtOAc in hexane) gave compound 002Aas light yellow solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 269. MS found: (M+H)⁺=269.

DMF (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to a mixture of3-bromopyridine-4-boronic acid (0.535 g, 2.65 mmol), 002A (0.47 g, 1.77mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.065 g, 0.089 mmol), and sodium carbonate (0.563 g,5.31 mmol) under N₂ and the mixtures was stirred at 88° C. for 3 hr. Thereaction was cooled to RT, and to it was added ice-water and EtOAc. Theorganic layer was washed with water (3×) and the combined aqueous layerswere back-extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated underreduced pressure. The product was purified by flash chromatography(silica gel), eluting with 0-5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give 002B as anoff-white solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 299. MS found: (M+H)⁺=299.

DMF (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to a mixture of4-methyl-cyclohexenyl-boronic ester (0.31 g, 1.4 mmol), 002B (0.27 g,0.91 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.033 g, 0.0455 mmol), and sodium carbonate(0.3 g, 2.8 mmol) under N₂, and the mixture was stirred at 92° C. for 4hr. The reaction was cooled to RT, and to it was added ice-water andEtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water (3×) and the combinedaqueous layers were back-extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified by flashchromatography (silica gel), eluting with 0-5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give002C as a solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=314. MS found: (M+H)⁺=314.

102C (80.4 mg, 0.257 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (15 mL), and 10% Pd/C(15 mg) was added as the catalyst. Hydrogenation under 50 psi H₂ was runovernight. Filtration and concentration gave compound 102D. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=316. MS found: (M+H)⁺=316.

Methyl iodide (0.08 mL, 1.278 mmol) was added to a solution of (80.6 mg,0.256 mmol) of compound 102D in 5 mL of ACN, and the mixture was stirredfor 3 hr at 80° C. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude 102E was used directly in the nextstep. MS calcd: (M)⁺=330. MS found: (M)⁺=330.

Sodium borohydride (42 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 002E(90.75 mg, 0.275 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) at RT with constant stirring. Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at 80° C. The reaction mixturewas quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated to obtain the compound as brown oil, which was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) to yield 002F.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=334. MS found: (M+H)⁺=334.

A solution of 002F (1 g, 3 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added dropwiseat −77° C. under N₂ to 2 M lithium diisopropylamide (LDA) inTHF/heptane/ethylbenzene (3 mL) maintaining an internal temperature<−70° C. The stirring was continued at −77° C. for 2.5 hr. A solution ofiodine (2.3 g) in dry THF (5 mL) was added dropwise to the stirredreaction mixture maintaining an internal temperature <−70° C. Afterstirring under N₂ at −77° C. for 1.5 hr, the reaction mixture wasquenched by addition of saturated NH₄Cl solution and warmed to 0° C. Themixture was diluted with 5% sodium thiosulfate solution, then theorganic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted withEtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, andevaporated. The product was dried to give 002G. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=460. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=460.

002G (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated in hexane and washedmore with hexane. The powder of compound 002 was obtained afterlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=446. MS found: (M+H)⁺=446.

Example 35-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a 25 mL round bottom flask under N₂, 002G (1 eq.), copper iodide(0.15 eq.) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.05 eq.) were added. DMF, triethylamine(TEA; 4 eq.), and 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne (3 eq.) were added and thereaction mixture stirred at 60° C. for 2 hr under N₂. The reactionmixture was filtered over Celite® and washed with EtOAc. The solutionwas diluted with water and extracted (2×) with EtOAc. The organic phaseswere combined and washed (with water (2×). The organic layer wasseparated, dried (Na₂SO₄), evaporated, and purified by columnchromatography to give compound 003A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=414. MS found:(M+H)⁺=414.

003A (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 003 was obtained afterlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=400. MS found: (M+H)⁺=400.

Example 45-(4-Amino-phenyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

DMF (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to a mixture of[4-({[(1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]-carbonyl}amino)phenyl]boronic acid (0.33g, 1.4 mmol), 002G (0.42 g, 0.91 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.033 g, 0.0455mmol), and sodium carbonate (0.3 g, 2.8 mmol) under N₂, and the mixturewas stirred at 92° C. for 4 hr. The reaction was cooled to RT, and to itwas added ice-water and EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water(3×) and the combined aqueous layers were back-extracted with EtOAc(2×). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The productwas purified by flash chromatography (silica gel), eluting with 0-5%MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give 004A as an oil. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=525. MS found:(M+H)⁺=525.

004A (0.19 g) was stirred in dichloromethane (DCM; 3 mL) andtrifluoroacetic acid (TFA; 1 mL) at RT under N₂ for 1 hr. The reactionwas evaporated in vacuo and the residue partitioned between sodiumbicarbonate solution and DCM. The organic phase was evaporated and driedin vacuo to give 004B. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=425. MS found: (M+H)⁺=425.

004B (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 004 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=411. MS found: (M+H)⁺=411.

Example 53-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

A solution of 3-(4-bromophenyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine (5.00 g) in aceticacid (80 mL) was treated with 1,1,3,3-tetramethoxypropane (4.13 g) andthe mixture heated at 110° C. for 1.5 hr. On cooling to RT, theprecipitated solid was isolated by filtration, washed with water (3×10mL) and dried in vacuo at 40° C. The residue was recrystallized fromacetic acid and dried in vacuo at 40° C. to give 005A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺:274/276. MS found: (M+H)⁺=274/276.

A mixture of compound 005A (5 g), bis(pinacolato)diboron (6.7 g), AcOK(5.4 g) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (1 g) in dry 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was heated to100° C. under N₂ for 15 hr. The solvent was evaporated and the residuepartitioned between water (10 mL) and DCM (30 mL). The aqueous phase wasextracted further with DCM (20 mL) and the combined organic layers wereevaporated. The residue was purified by SPE chromatography, eluting withcyclohexane/EtOAc (3:1) to give 005B. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=322. MS found:(M+H)⁺=322.

DMF (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to a mixture of14-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyflpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine(0.45 g, 1.4 mmol), 102 (0.4 g, 0.91 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.033 g, 0.0455mmol), and sodium carbonate (0.3 g, 2.8 mmol) under N₂, and stirred at92° C. for 4 hr. The reaction was cooled to RT, and to it was addedice-water and EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water (3×) andthe combined aqueous layers were back-extracted with EtOAc (2×). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product waspurified by flash chromatography (silica gel) to give 005. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=513. MS found: (M+H)⁺=513.

Example 63-[1-Cyclopropylmethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

006 was prepared by the same method as 001, using cyclopropyl-methylbromide instead of methyl iodide. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=436. MS found:(M+H)⁺=436.

Example 73-[1-Butyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

007 was prepared by the same method as 001, using butyl iodide insteadof methyl iodide. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=437. MS found: (M+H)⁺=437.

Example 83-[1-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

008 was prepared by the same method as 001, using tert-butyldimethylsilyl 3-iodopropyl ether instead of methyl iodide. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=440. MS found: (M+H)⁺=440.

Example 93-[1-Isopropyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

009 was prepared by the same method as 001, using isopropyl iodideinstead of methyl iodide. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=424. MS found: (M+H)⁺=424.

Example 103-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenylethynyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

010 was prepared by the same method as 003, using phenylacetyleneinstead of 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=420. MS found:(M+H)⁺=420.

Example 115-(3-Hydroxy-3-methyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

011 was prepared by the same method as 003, using 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-olinstead of 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=402. MS found:(M+H)⁺=402.

Example 125-(4-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-phenyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

004A (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 012 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=511. MS found: (M+H)⁺=511.

Example 133-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

1,3-Thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (100 mg) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL).2-(7-aza-1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate (HATU; 325 mg) and diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA;0.35 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 15min. Compound 004B (161 mg, 0.38 mmol) was added and the reactionmixture was stirred at RT for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was evaporatedin vacuo and the residue was dissolved in DCM. This was washed withNaHCO₃ solution (2×) followed by 2 N HCl (2×). The DCM was separated andconcentrated to obtain the compound as a brown oil, which was purifiedby column chromatography to give 013A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=536. MS found:(M+H)⁺=536.

013A (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 013 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=521. MS found: (M+H)⁺=521.

Example 145-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

014 was prepared according to the following scheme.

Ethyl iodide (0.08 mL, 1.278 mmol) was added to a solution of (80.6 mg,0.256 mmol) of 002D in 5 mL of ACN and the mixture was stirred for 3 hrat 80° C. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and concentrated invacuo. The crude 014A was used directly in the next step. MS calcd: forM⁺=345. MS found: M⁺=345.

Sodium borohydride (42 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 014A(90.75 mg, 0.275 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) at RT with constant stirring. Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at 80° C. The reaction mixturewas quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated to obtain the compound as brown oil, which was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) to yield 014B.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=348. MS found: (M+H)⁺=348.

A solution of 014B (1 g, 3 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added dropwiseat −77° C. under N₂ to 2 M LDA in THF/heptane/ethylbenzene (3 mL), whilemaintaining an internal temperature <−70° C. The stirring continued at−77° C. for 2.5 hr. A solution of iodine (2.3 g) in dry THF (5 mL) wasadded dropwise to the stirred reaction mixture while maintaining aninternal temperature <−70° C. After stirring under N₂ at −77° C. for 1.5hr, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of saturated NH₄Clsolution and warmed to 0° C. The mixture was diluted with 5% sodiumthiosulfate solution, then the organic phase was separated and theaqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases weredried (Na₂SO₄), filtered and evaporated. The product was dried to give014C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=474. MS found: (M+H)⁺=474.

To a 25 mL round bottom flask under N₂, 014C (1 eq.), copper iodide(0.15 eq.) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.05 eq.) are added. DMF, TEA (4 eq.), and3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne (3 eq.) were added and the reaction mixture wasstirred at 60° C. for 2 hr under a N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixturewas filtered on Celite® and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was dilutedwith water, and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases werecombined and washed twice with water. The organic layer was separated,dried (Na₂SO₄), evaporated, and purified by column chromatography togive 014D. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=428. MS found: (M+H)⁺=428.

Compound 014D (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH(2 M, 0.5 mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr,and then diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 014 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=414. MS found: (M+H)⁺=414.

Example 153-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

014C (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 014E was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=460. MS found: (M+H)⁺=460.

015 was then prepared by the same method as 005, using intermediate 014Einstead of 002. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=526. MS found: (M+H)⁺=526.

Example 165-Cyclohexylethynyl-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

016 was prepared by the same method as 014, using cyclohexylacetyleneinstead 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=440. MS found:(M+H)⁺=440.

Example 175-Cyclopropylethynyl-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

017 was prepared by the same method as 014, using cyclopropylacetyleneinstead of 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=398. MS found:(M+H)⁺=398.

Example 18 5-(4-Acetylamino-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

DMF (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to a mixture of[4-({[(1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]carbonyl}amino)phenyl]boronic acid (0.33 g,1.4 mmol), 014C (0.43 g, 0.91 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.033 g, 0.0455 mmol)and sodium carbonate (0.3 g, 2.8 mmol) under N₂, and stirred at 92° C.for 4 hr. The reaction was cooled to RT, and to it was added ice-waterand EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water (3×) and the combinedaqueous layers were back-extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The product was purified by flashchromatography (silica gel), eluting with 0-5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give018A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=539. MS found: (M+H)=539.

018A (0.19 g) was stirred in DCM (3 mL) and TFA (1 mL) at RT under N₂for 1 hr. The reaction was evaporated in vacuo and the residuepartitioned between NaHCO₃ solution and DCM. The organic phase wasevaporated and dried in vacuo to give 018B. MS calcd: for(C₂₄H₃₄N₂O₃S+H)⁺=439. MS found: (M+H)⁺=439.

Acetyl chloride (9.6 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added at 0-15° C. to a solutionof TEA (40 mg, 0.3 mmol) and 018B (23.4 mg. 0.053 mmol) in DCM (3 mL).After 20 min the mixture was warmed rapidly to RT. After being stirred30 min, DCM (5 mL) and 2N NaOH (1 mL) was added, and the organic layerwas separated and washed with water. The organic layers were separated,dried and concentrated to give a brown oil. Purification by silica gelcolumn chromatography gave 018C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=481. MS found:(M+H)⁺=481.

018C (20 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 018 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=467. MS found: (M+H)⁺=467.

Example 193-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

019 was prepared by the same method as 013, using 018B instead of 004B.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=535. MS found: (M+H)⁺=535.

Example 205-(4-Benzoylamino-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

020 was prepared by the same method as 018, using benzoyl chlorideinstead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=529. MS found: (M+H)⁺=529.

Example 215-(3-Amino-3-methyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a 25 mL round bottom flask under N₂, 014C (1 eq.), copper iodide(0.15 eq.) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.05 eq.) were added. DMF, TEA (4 eq.), and1,1-dimethylpropargylamine (3 eq.) were added, and the reaction mixturewas stirred at 60° C. for 2 hr under a N₂ atmosphere. The reactionmixture was filtered over Celite® and washed with EtOAc. The filtratewas diluted with water and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phasewere combined and washed twice with water. The organic layer wasseparated, dried (Na₂SO₄), evaporated, and purified by columnchromatography to give intermediate 021A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=429. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=429.

021A (25 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 021 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=415. MS found: (M+H)⁺=415.

Example 223-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{3-methyl-3-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-but-1-ynyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

022 was prepared by the same method as 013, using 021A instead of 004B.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=526. MS found: (M+H)⁺=526.

Example 235-(3-Dimethylamino-3-methyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

021A (40 mg, 0.093 mmol), formaldehyde (14 mg, 0.45 mmol), and sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (0.21 g, 1 mmol) were mixed in 1,2-dichloroethane(DCE; 5 mL). The reaction was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction wasquenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, and the product was extractedwith EtOAc (20 mL). The EtOAc extract was dried (MgSO₄), and the solventwas evaporated. Separation by chromatography gave 023A as a yellowsemisolid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=457. MS found: (M+H)⁺=457.

023A (25 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 023 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=443. MS found: (M+H)⁺=443.

Example 245-(3-Acetylamino-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

DMF (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to a mixture of[3-({[(1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]-carbonyl}amino)phenyflboronic acid (0.33g, 1.4 mmol), 014C (0.43 g, 0.91 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.033 g, 0.0455mmol), and sodium carbonate (0.3 g, 2.8 mmol) under N₂, and stirred at92° C. for 4 hr. The reaction was cooled to RT, and to it was addedice-water and EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water (3×) andthe combined aqueous layers were back-extracted with EtOAc (2×). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product waspurified by flash chromatography (silica gel), eluting with 0-5% MeOH inCH₂Cl₂ to give 024A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=539. MS found: (M+H)⁺=539.

024A (0.19 g) was stirred in DCM (3 mL) and TFA (1 mL) at RT under N₂for 1 hr. The reaction was evaporated in vacuo and the residuepartitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and DCM. Theorganic phase was evaporated and dried in vacuo to give 024B. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=439. MS found: (M+H)⁺=439.

Acetyl chloride (9.6 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added at 0-15° C. to a solutionof TEA (40 mg, 0.3 mmol) and 024B (23.4 mg. 0.053 mmol) in DCM (3 mL).After 20 min the mixture was warmed rapidly to RT. After being stirred30 min, DCM (5 mL) and 2 N NaOH (1 mL) was added, and the organic layerwas separated and washed with water. The organic layers were separated,dried and concentrated, giving a brown oil. Separation by columnchromatography gave 024C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=481. MS found: (M+H)⁺=481.

024C (24 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 024 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=467. MS found: (M+H)⁺=467.

Example 253-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{3-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

025 was prepared by the same method as 019, using 024B instead of 018B.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=536. MS found: (M+H)⁺=536.

Example 265-(3-Amino-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

024B (24 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 026 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=425. MS found: (M+H)⁺=425.

Example 273-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{3-[(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

027 was prepared by the same method as 013, using 2-thiophenecarboxylicacid and 024B instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid and 004B. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=535. MS found: (M+H)⁺=535.

Example 283-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiophene-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

028 was prepared by the same method as 019, using 2-thiophenecarboxylicacid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=535. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=535.

Example 293-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-methyl-pent-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

029 was prepared by the same method as 014, using 4-methyl-1-pentyneinstead of 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=414. MS found:(M+H)⁺=414.

Example 303-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(3-methyl-hex-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

030 was prepared by the same method as 014, using 3-methyl-1-hexyneinstead of 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=428. MS found:(M+H)⁺=428.

Example 315-Cyclopentylethynyl-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

031 was prepared by the same method as 014, using cyclopentylacetyleneinstead of 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=426. MS found:(M+H)⁺=426.

Example 323-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-pent-1-ynyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

032 was prepared by the same method as 014, using 1-pentyne instead of3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=400. MS found: (M+H)⁺=400.

Example 335-(3,3-Diethoxy-prop-1-ynyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

033 was prepared by the same method as 014, using propargylaldehydediethyl acetal instead of 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=460.MS found: (M+H)⁺=460.

Example 343-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(3-methoxy-prop-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

034 was prepared by the same method as 014, using methyl propargyl etherinstead of 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=402. MS found:(M+H)⁺=402.

Example 355-(4-Carboxy-phenyl)-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

DMF (10 mL) and water (2 mL) were added to a mixture of4-carboxyphenylboronic acid (0.23 g, 1.4 mmol), 014C (0.43 g, 0.91mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.033 g, 0.0455 mmol), and sodium carbonate (0.3 g,2.8 mmol) under N₂, and stirred at 92° C. for 4 hr. The reaction wascooled to RT, and to it was added ice-water and EtOAc. The organic layerwas washed with water (3×) and the combined aqueous layers wereback-extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel),eluting with 0-5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give 035A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=468. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=468.

035A (25 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 035 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=454. MS found: (M+H)⁺=454.

Example 363-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 004B (25 mg, 0.058 mmol) and TEA (0.022 mL, 0.174 mmol)in CH₂Cl₂ (6 mL) cooled by an ice-water bath was added p-toluenesulfonylchloride (22 mg, 0.115 mmol). The reaction was allowed to warm to RTovernight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified bypreparative thin layer chromatography (prep-TLC, 50% EtOAc in hexane) toyield 036A (21 mg, 66%).

036A (21 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH solution(2 M, 0.5 mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr.The reaction mixture was acidified with 1 M HCl to pH 4-5 andconcentrated to remove the organic solvent, then extracted with EtOAc(3×10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10% citric acidaq, water, brine, then dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residuewas then purified by prep-TLC to give 036. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=536. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=536.

Example 374-(2-Carboxy-5-phenyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

037 was prepared by the same method as 036, using di-tert-butyldicarbonate instead of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=482.MS found: (M+H)⁺=482.

Example 38 Preparation of4-(2-Carboxy-5-phenyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylicacid ethyl ester

038 was prepared by the same method as 036, using ethyl chloro-formateinstead of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=454. MS found:(M+H)⁺=454.

Example 39 Preparation of 3-[1-Methanesulfonyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

039 was prepared by the same method as 036, using methanesulfonylchloride instead of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=460. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=460.

Example 403-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

040A was prepared by the same method as 001J, using benzyl bromideinstead of methyl iodide. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=486. MS found: (M+H)⁺=486.

A solution of the product from 040A (81 mg, 0.17 mmol) in1,2-dichoroethane (5 mL) was treated with 1-choroethylchoroformate (49μL, 0.51 mmol) and the mixture heated to reflux for 4 hr. Methanol (2mL) was carefully added to the mixture and heating continued for 2 hr.The mixture was allowed to cool to RT and concentrated to give 040B asan oil (66 mg, 99%). The crude 040B was used without furtherpurification.

040B (20 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr. Thereaction mixture was acidified with 1 M HCl to pH 4-5 and concentratedto remove organic solvent then extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). Thecombined organic layers was washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄, andconcentrated to obtain the crude product, which was then purified byprep-TLC to give 040. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=382. MS found: (M+H)⁺=382.

Example 40X Methyl3-(5-(4-methylcyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-5-phenylthiophene-2-carboxylate

001H (240 mg, 0.61 mmol) was dissolved in ACN (5 mL) and treated withbenzyl bromide (0.11 mL, 0.90 mmol). The resultant reaction mixture wasstirred for 3 hr at 80° C., cooled to RT, and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude reaction product was carried to the next step withoutpurification. The intermediate was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and treatedwith sodium borohydride (0.80 g, 2.2 mmol) under constant stirring. Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at 80° C., quenched with water(20 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layerwas dried under anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to obtain the compoundas a brown oil. Purification by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-5%MeOH in methylene chloride) afforded the intermediate compound (210 mg,yield 77%). The intermediate compound (210 mg, 0.432 mmol) was dissolvedin DCE (5 mL) and treated with 1-chloroethylchloroformate (70 μL, 0.60mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred under reflux for 4 hr. MeOH (2mL) was added to the reaction mixture in small portions and the heatingwas continued for an additional 2 hr. The mixture was allowed to cool toRT and concentrated to afford crude 040X (180 mg) as an oil, which wasused in additional chemistry without purification. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=396.MS found: (M+H)⁺=396.

Example 413-[1-Methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a stirred solution of 001E (2.41 g, 9 mmol) in dioxane (38 mL) wasadded bis(pinacolato)diboron (2.74 g, 10.8 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.197 g,0.27 mmol), dppf (0.150 g, 0.27 mmol), and AcOK (2.64 g, 27 mmol). Themixture was degassed by evacuating the reaction flask under vacuumfollowed by N₂ back-fill (3×). Under N₂, the reaction was then heated to90° C. and stirred overnight (approx. 16 hr). The reaction was cooled toRT and diluted with H₂O. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄,filtered, and then purified by silica gel chromatography to give 041A asa solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 263. MS found: (M+H)⁺=263.

DMF (5 mL) and H₂O (1 mL) were added to a mixture of3-bromopyridine-4-boronic acid (0.27 g, 1.3 mmol), 001B (0.31 g, 1.3mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.048 g, 0.065 mmol) and sodium carbonate (0.41 g,3.9 mmol) under N₂ and stirred at 90° C. for 4 hr. The reaction wascooled to RT, and to it was added ice-water and EtOAc. The layers wereseparated and the organic layer was washed with water (3×) and thecombined aqueous layers were back-extracted with EtOAc (2×). Thecombined organic layers were then washed with brine, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The productwas purified by flash chromatography (silica gel) eluting with 0-5% MeOHin CH₂Cl₂ to give 041B as an off-white solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 253. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=253.

DMF (5 mL) and H₂O (1 mL) were added to a mixture of 041A (0.26 g, 1.0mmol), compound 041B (0.28 g, 1.1 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.037 g, 0.05mmol) and sodium carbonate (0.41 g, 3.9 mmol) under N₂, and stirred at90° C. for 4 hr. The reaction was cooled to RT, and to it was addedice-water and EtOAc. The layers were separated and the organic layer waswashed with water (3×) and the combined aqueous layers wereback-extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic layers were thenwashed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated underreduced pressure. The product was purified by flash chromatography(silica gel) eluting with 0-5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give compound 041C asan off-white solid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 290. MS found: (M+H)⁺=390.

041C (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (15 mL), and 10% Pd/C(20 mg) was added as the catalyst. Hydrogenation under 50 psi H₂ was runovernight. Filtration and concentration gave 041D. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=392.MS found: (M+H)⁺=392.

Methyl iodide (0.08 mL, 1.278 mmol) was added to a solution of 041D (99mg, 0.25 mmol) in ACN (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 3 hr at80° C. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo.The crude 041E was used directly in the next step. MS calcd: (M)⁺=406.MS found: (M)⁺=406.

Sodium borohydride (42 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 041E(110 mg, 0.27 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) at RT with constant stirring. Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at 80° C. The reaction mixturewas quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated to obtain the product as brown oil, which was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) to yield 041F.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=410. MS found: (M+H)⁺=410.

041F (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed more with hexane. The powder of 041 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=396. MS found: (M+H)⁺=396.

Example 423-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(pyridine-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

042 was prepared by the same method as 013, using 2-pyridinecarboxylicacid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=516. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=516.

Example 433-[1-Benzyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

043 was prepared by the same method as 001, using benzyl bromide insteadof methyl iodide. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=472. MS found: (M+H)⁺=472.

Example 443-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

044 was prepared by the same method as 001, using ethyl iodide insteadof methyl iodide. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=410. MS found: (M+H)⁺=410.

Example 453-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(pyrazine-2-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

045 was prepared by the same method as 071, using pyrazine-2-carbonylchloride instead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=489. MS found:(M+H)⁺=489.

Example 465-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

046 was prepared by the same method as 003. The pure trans-1-methylisomer was isolated by preparative thin layer chromatography viarepeated migration with 3% MeOH in dichloromethane. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=400. MS found: (M+H)⁺=400.

Example 473-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

047 was prepared by the same method as 013. The pure trans-1-methylisomer was isolated by preparative thin layer chromatography viarepeated migration with 3% MeOH in dichloromethane. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=522. MS found: (M+H)⁺=522.

Example 483-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(2-methyl-thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

048 was prepared by the same method as compound 019, using2-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid instead of1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=550. MS found:(M+H)⁺=550.

Example 493-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiophene-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

049 was prepared by the same method as 019, using 3-thiophenecarboxylicacid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=535. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=535.

Example 503-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-5-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

050 was prepared by the same method as 019, using1,3-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylicacid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=536. MS found: (M+H)⁺=536.

Example 515-{4-[(1,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

051 was prepared by the same method as 019, using1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid instead of1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=547. MS found:(M+H)⁺=547.

Example 523-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(oxazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

052 was prepared by the same method as 019, using oxazole-4-carboxylicacid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=520. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=520.

Example 533-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(5-methyl-isoxazole-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

053 was prepared by the same method as 019, using5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxylic acid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylicacid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=534. MS found: (M+H)⁺=534.

Example 543-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

054 was prepared by the same method as 019, using 2-furancarboxylic acidinstead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=519. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=519.

Example 553-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(1H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

055 was prepared by the same method as 019, using pyrazole-3-carboxylicacid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=519. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=519.

Example 563-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(1H-pyrazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

056 was prepared by the same method as 019, using pyrazole-4-carboxylicacid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=519. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=519.

Example 573-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

057 was prepared by the same method as 019, using1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid instead of1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=533. MS found:(M+H)⁺=533.

Example 583-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(tetrahydro-furan-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

058 was prepared by the same method as 019, usingtetrahydro-3-furancarboxylic acid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylicacid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=523. MS found: (M+H)⁺=523.

Example 595-{3-Fluoro-4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

DMF (10 mL) and H₂O (2 mL) were added to a mixture of4-amino-3-fluorophenylboronic acid (0.26 g, 1.4 mmol), 002G (0.42 g,0.91 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.033 g, 0.0455 mmol), and sodium carbonate(0.3 g, 2.8 mmol) under N₂. The mixture was stirred at 92° C. for 4 hr.The reaction was cooled to RT, and to it was added ice-water (5 mL) andEtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL) and thecombined aqueous layers were back-extracted with EtOAc (10 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product waspurified by flash chromatography (silica gel), eluting with 0-5% MeOH inCH₂Cl₂ to give 059A as an oil. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=443. MS found:(M+H)⁺=443.

1,3-Thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (100 mg) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL). Toit were added HATU (325 mg) and DIPEA (0.35 mL) and the reaction mixturewas stirred at RT for 15 min. Compound 059A (168 mg, 0.38 mmol) wasadded and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 hr. The reactionmixture was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in DCM (50mL). This was washed with sodium bicarbonate solution (2×10 mL) followedby brine. The organic layer was concentrated and purified by columnchromatography with 0-5% MeOH in DCM as eluent to give pure 059B. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=554. MS found: (M+H)⁺=554.

059B (50 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed once with hexane. The powder of 059 was obtained withlyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=540. MS found: (M+H)⁺=540.

Example 605-{2-Fluoro-4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

060 was prepared by the same method as 059, using4-amino-2-fluorophenylboronic acid pinacol ester instead of4-amino-3-fluorophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=540. MS found:(M+H)⁺=540.

Example 613-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazol-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

Thiazole-4-carbaldehyde (17 mg, 0.11 mmole), sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (70 mg, 0.33 mmole), and 018B (48 mg, 0.11 mmole)were mixed in 10 mL of DCE. The reaction was stirred at RT for 2 hr. Thereaction mixture was then partitioned between CH₂Cl₂ and water. Theorganic layer was concentrated, and the resulting crude product waspurified by column chromatography to give 161A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=536. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=536.

061A (30 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated out in hexane andwashed once with hexane. The powder of 061 was obtained bylyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=522. MS found: (M+H)⁺=522.

Example 623-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-[4-(pyridin-2-ylcarbamoyl)-phenyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

062 was prepared by the same method as 015, using intermediate 062Cinstead of 005B. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=530. MS found: (M+H)⁺=530.

Example 633-[5-(2-Cyclopentyl-ethyl)-1-methyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a 25 mL round bottom flask were added 001F (187 mg, 0.5 mmol), copperiodide (0.15 eq.) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.05 eq.), DMF (5 mL), TEA (4 eq.),and cyclopentylacetylene (3 eq.). The reaction mixture was stirred at60° C. for 2 hr under a N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filteredthrough Celite® and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was diluted withwater, and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases were combinedand washed twice with water. The organic layer was separated, dried(Na₂SO₄), evaporated, and purified by column chromatography to give063A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=388. MS found: (M+H)⁺=388.

Compound 063A (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (15 mL), and10% Pd/C (20 mg) was added as the catalyst. Hydrogenation under 50 psiH₂ was run overnight. Filtration and concentration gave 063B. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=392. MS found: (M+H)⁺=392.

Methyl iodide (0.08 mL, 1.278 mmol) was added to a solution of 063B (100mg, 0.256 mmol) in 5 mL of ACN and the mixture was stirred for 3 hr at80° C. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo.The crude 063C was used in the next step. MS calcd: (M)⁺=406. MS found:(M)⁺=406.

Sodium borohydride (42 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 063C(111 mg, 0.275 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) at RT with constant stirring. Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at 80° C. The reaction mixturewas quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated to obtain the product as brown oil, which was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) to yield the063D. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=410. MS found: (M+H)⁺=410.

063D (50 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF; 2 mL) and EtOH (1mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5 mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RTfor 16 hr, and then diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washedwith water and concentrated. The final product was precipitated out inhexane and washed once more with hexane. The powder of 063 was obtainedwith lyophilization. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=396. MS found: (M+H)⁺=396.

Example 643-[1-Methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

064 was prepared by the same method as 001, using4-(trifluoromethyl)cyclohexan-1-one instead of 4-methylcyclohexanone. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=450. MS found: (M+H)⁺=450.

Example 655-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

065 was prepared by the same method as 117 (see below), using4-formyltetrahydropyran instead of tetrahydrofuran-3-carboxaldehyde. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=484. MS found: (M+H)⁺=484.

Example 663-[1-Ethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

066 was prepared by the same method as 019, using1,3-thiazole-2-carboxylic acid instead of 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylicacid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=536. MS found: (M+H)⁺=536.

Example 673-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[methyl-(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

067 was prepared by the same method as 059, using4-(aminomethyl)benzeneboronic acid instead of4-amino-3-fluorophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=536. MS found:(M+H)⁺=536.

Example 685-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

Methyl iodide (0.08 mL, 1.278 mmol) was added to a solution of 002C (80mg, 0.256 mmol) in 5 mL of ACN and the mixture was stirred for 3 hr at80° C. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and concentrated in vacuo.The crude 068A was used directly in the next step. MS calcd: (M)⁺=328.MS found: (M)⁺=328.

Sodium borohydride (42 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added to a solution of 068A (90mg, 0.275 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) at RT with constant stirring. Thereaction mixture was stirred overnight at 80° C. The reaction wasquenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated to obtain the product as brown oil, which was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) to yield 068B.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=332. MS found: (M+H)⁺=332.

A solution of 068B (496 mg, 1.5 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was addeddropwise at −77° C. under N₂ to 2 M LDA in THF/heptane/ethylbenzene (1.5mL) maintaining an internal temperature <−70° C. The stirring wascontinued at −77° C. for 2.5 hr. A solution of iodine (1.6 g) in dry THF(2 mL) was added dropwise to the stirred reaction mixture maintaining aninternal temperature <−70° C. After stirring under N₂ at −77° C. for 1.5hr, the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated NH₄Cl solutionand warmed to 0° C. The mixture was diluted with 5% sodium thiosulfatesolution, then the organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase wasextracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (Na₂SO₄),filtered, and evaporated. The product was dried to give 068C. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=458. MS found: (M+H)⁺=458.

To a 25 mL round bottom flask under N₂, 068C (1 eq.), copper iodide(0.15 eq.) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.05 eq.) were added. DMF, TEA (4 eq.), and3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne (3 eq.) were added and the reaction mixturestirred at 60° C. for 2 hr under N₂. The reaction mixture was filteredover Celite® and washed with EtOAc. The solution was diluted with waterand extracted (2×) with EtOAc. The organic phases were combined andwashed with water (2×). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na₂SO₄),evaporated, and purified by column chromatography to give 068D. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=412. MS found: (M+H)⁺=412.

068D (20 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated in hexane and washedmore with hexane. The powder of 068 was obtained after lyophilization.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=398. MS found: (M+H)⁺=398.

Example 693-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-2-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

069 was prepared by the same method as 013, using intermediate 068Cinstead of 002G. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=520. MS found: (M+H)⁺=520.

Example 703-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

070 was prepared by the same method as 005, using intermediate 068Cinstead of 002G. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=511. MS found: (M+H)⁺=511.

Example 713-[1-Acetyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

040X (15 mg, 0.038 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (6 mL) andtreated with triethyl amine (14 μL, 0.095 mmol) (other bases such asDIEA could be used) followed by acetyl chloride (4 μL, 0.057 mmol). Theresultant crude mixture was stirred at RT overnight, quenched with water(5 mL), and extracted into EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layerswere dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to obtain a crudeintermediate methyl ester as a brown oil. The crude product was purifiedby preparative TLC (silica gel, eluant 50% EtOAc in hexane) to affordthe pure intermediate in 99% yield (15 mg). The intermediate (15 mg,0.038 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (3 mL), cooled to 0° C. and treatedwith 2.5 M NaOH (20 μL, 0.10 mmol) (optionally using 2 M LiOH). Thereaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 hr, acidified with 10% citricacid, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, and concentrated to afford crudeproduct as an oil. Purification by prep-TLC afforded the product 071. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=424. MS found: (M+H)⁺=424.

Example 723-[1-Benzoyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

072 was prepared by the same method as 071, using benzoyl chlorideinstead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=486. MS found: (M+H)⁺=486.

Example 734-(2-Carboxy-5-phenyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylicacid methyl ester

073 was prepared by the same method as 071, using benzyl chloroformateinstead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=516. MS found: (M+H)⁺=516.

Example 744-(2-Carboxy-5-phenyl-thiophen-3-yl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylicacid methyl ester

074 was prepared by the same method as 071, using methyl chloroformateinstead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=440. MS found: (M+H)⁺=440.

Example 753-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-phenylacetyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

075 is prepared by the same method as 071, using 2-phenylacetyl chlorideinstead of acetyl chloride.

Example 763-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(3-phenyl-propanoyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

076 was prepared by the same method as 071, using 3-phenylpropanoylchloride instead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=514. MS found:(M+H)⁺=514.

Example 773-[1-Butyryl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

077 was prepared by the same method as 071, using butyryl chlorideinstead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=452. MS found: (M+H)⁺=452.

Example 783-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-phenethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

078 was prepared by the same method as 001, using (2-bromoethyl) benzeneinstead of methyl iodide. Hydrolysis was conducted as described for 071.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=486. MS found: (M+H)⁺=486.

Example 793-[1-Benzyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

079 was prepared by the same method as 001, except using benzyl bromideinstead of methyl iodide. The hydrolysis reaction was conducted asdescribed for 071. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=472. MS found: (M+H)⁺=472.

Example 803-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(4-phenyl-butyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

080 was prepared by the same method as 001, using 5-bromo-4-phenylbutaneinstead of methyl iodide. The hydrolysis reaction was conducted asdescribed for 071. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=514. MS found: (M+H)⁺=514.

Example 813-[1-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

001H was dissolved in ACN (5 mL) and treated with ethyl bromoacetate(0.025 mL, 0.27 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at 80° C. over12 hr, followed by cooling to RT, and concentrating in vacuo. The crudeproduct was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and treated with sodiumborohydride (0.80 g, 2.2 mmol) under constant stiffing. The reactionmixture was continued to stir at 80° C. overnight, quenched with water(20 mL), and extracted into EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layerswere dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to obtain a crudeintermediate methyl ester as a brown oil. The ester intermediate waspurified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-5% MeOH in methylenechloride) to yield pure methyl ester. The hydrolysis of the ester wasconducted according to the procedure described for 171 to afford 081. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=426. MS found: (M+H)⁺=426.

Example 823-[1-Carboxymethyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

082 was prepared by the same method as 001, using 2-bromoethylacetateinstead of methyl iodide. The hydrolysis reaction was conducted asdescribed for 071. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=440. MS found: (M+H)⁺=440.

Example 833-[1-(2-Carboxy-ethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

083 was prepared by the same method as 001, usingethyl-3-bromopropionate instead of methyl iodide. The hydrolysisreaction was conducted as described for 071. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=454. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=454.

Example 843-[1-Carbamoyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

084 was prepared by the same method as 071, using TMS-isocyanate insteadof acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 425. MS found: (M+H)⁺=425.

Example 853-[1-Ethylcarbamoyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

085 was prepared by the same method as 071, using ethyl isocyanateinstead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=453. MS found: (M+H)⁺=453.

Example 863-[1-(4-Chloro-benzyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

086 was prepared by the same method as 071, using p-chloro-benzylbromideinstead of acetyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=506. MS found: (M+H)⁺=506.

Example 873-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

A solution of 40X (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride(6 mL), cooled to 0° C., and treated with pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde(6.27 mg, 0.055 mmol), TEA (0.007 mL, 0.05 mmol), and sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (20 mg, 0.10 mmol). The resultant reaction mixturewas warmed to RT, and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated and purified by prep-TLC (silica gel, 50% EtOAc in hexane)to afford an intermediate methyl ester. Hydrolysis was conducted asdescribed according to procedure for 071. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=473. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=473.

Example 883-[1-(5,7-Dimethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

088 was prepared by the same method as 087, using 88e from the schemeset forth below instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=542. MS found: (M+H)⁺=542.

A mixture of glycolic acid (26.2 g, 345 mmol) and water (10 mL) wastreated with aminoguanidine bicarbonate (23.5 g, 172 mmol) in smallportions over a period of 0.1 hr. The resultant mixture was gentlyheated to maintain an internal temp of 25° C. during the addition. Themixture was then treated with slow addition of conc. nitric acid (1.0mL), followed by heating to an internal temperature of 104-108° C. over22 hr. The heating was then discontinued and the solution allowed tocool with stirring. The resultant slurry was cooled down 10° C., stirredover 2 hr, filtered, and rinsed with EtOH. The solids were driedovernight in a vacuum to provide the product 88a as a glycolic acid salt(29.5 g, 85%). MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=115. MS found: (M+H)⁺=115.

A 100 mL flask was charged with glycolate salt of 88a (25.0 g, 130mmol), 1,1,3,3-tetramethoxypropane (26.0 g, 200 mmol), acetic acid (100mL), and EtOH (20 mL). The resultant mixture was heated to a reflux over1 hr, cooled to RT, diluted with DCM (250 mL) and treated with Celite(2.5 g). The mixture then stirred for 1 hr, filtered through a Buchnerfunnel packed with Celite, and rinsed with EtOH. The resultant solutionwas distilled to 5 vols, then cooled to 0° C. over 2 hr. The slurry wasfiltered and the cake was rinsed with cool EtOH. The solids were driedto provide the product 88b (6.1 g, 46%). MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=151. MS found:(M+H)⁺=151.

Compound 88b (1.50 g, 10.0 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂(50 mL), and theresultant solution was treated with iodobenzene diacetate (3.54 g, 11mmol), followed by the addition of(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yl)oxyl (TEMPO; 230 mg, 0.015 mmol). Theresultant mixture was warmed to RT and stirred. MTBE (50 mL) was slowlycharged to the reactor, causing the product to precipitate, and theslurry was stirred for 0.5 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered, washedtwice with 1:1DCM/MTBE, and dried in a vacuum overnight to yield theproduct 88c (1.38 g, 89%). MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=149. MS found: (M+H)⁺=149.

88a glycolic acid salt (10.0 g, 52.6 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (120mL), and the resultant solution was treated with pentane-2,4-dione (6mL, 57.8 mmol) and acetic acid (1.0 mL). The mixture was heated toreflux for 1 hr, then cooled to RT, and diluted with DCM (25 mL),followed by addition of Celite (2.5 g). After stirring for 1 hr, themixture was filtered through a Buchner funnel packed with Celite andrinsed with EtOH. The solution was distilled to 5 vols, then cooled to0° C. for 1-2 hr. The slurry was filtered and the cake was rinsed withcool EtOH. The solids were dried to provide the product 88d (13.0 g,82%). MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=179. MS found: (M+H)⁺=179.

A 50 mL reactor was sequentially charged with CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL), 88d (6.80g, 38 mmol), and iodobenzene diacetate (13.5 g, 42 mmol). Upondissolution of the iodobenzene diacetate, TEMPO (437 mg, 2.8 mmol) wasadded in a single portion, and the resultant mixture was warmed to RT.The reaction was stirred for a short time and treated with MTBE (10 mL).The precipitated product was stirred for an additional 0.5 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, washed twice with 1:1 DCM:MTBE, and driedin a vacuum overnight to yield the product 88e (5.5 g, 79%). MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=177. MS found: (M+H)⁺=177.

Compound 88e (1.30 g, 7.5 mmol) was dissolved in THF (75 mL) and theresultant solution was treated with (ethoxycarbonyl methylene)triphenylphosphorane (2.60 g, 15 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredfor 3 hr. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the crude productpurified by column chromatography over silica (DCM, 5% MeOH) to give theproduct 88f. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=247. MS found: (M+H)⁺=247.

Compound 88f (200 mg, 0.257 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) and theresultant mixture was treated with 10% Pd/C (50 mg). Hydrogenation under50 psi H₂ was run for 48 hr, followed by filtration and concentration togive the product 88g (200 mg, 99%). MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=249. MS found:(M+H)⁺=249.

Compound 88g (0.246 g, 1 mmol) was dissolved in THF (75 mL), and theresultant solution cooled to −78° C. and treated with 1 Mdiisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H) in hexane (1.0 mL, 1.0 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 hr, quenched withsaturated citric acid (20 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated to obtain a crude product as a brown oil. Purification bycolumn chromatography afforded the product 88h. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=205. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=205.

Example 893-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

089 was prepared by the same method as 087, usingpyridine-2-carboxaldehyde instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=473. MS found: (M+H)⁺=473.

Example 903-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

090 was prepared by the same method as 087, usingpyridine-3-carboxaldehyde instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=473. MS found: (M+H)⁺=473.

Example 913-[1-[13-(5,7-Dimethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-propyl]-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

091 was prepared by the same method as 087, using 88h instead ofpyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 570. MS found: (M+H)⁺=570.

Example 923-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

The glycolate salt of 88a (25.0 g, 130 mmol), was dissolved in EtOH (20mL) and treated with 1,1,3,3-tetramethoxypropane (26.0 g, 200 mmol),followed by acetic acid (100 mL). The resultant mixture was heated to aslight reflux over 1 hr, and the resulting solution was cooled to RT,then diluted with methylene chloride (250 mL) and treated with Celite(2.5 g). The resultant mixture was stirred for 1 hr, filtered through aBuchner funnel packed with Celite, and rinsed with EtOH. The solutionwas distilled to 5 vols, then cooled to 0° C. for 1-2 hr. The slurry wasfiltered and the cake was rinsed with cool EtOH. The solids were driedto provide an intermediate alcohol. This alcohol (60 mg, 0.4 mmol) wasdissolved in methylene chloride (10 mL) and treated with iodobenzenediacetate (142 mg, 44 mmol). Upon dissolution of iodobenzene diacetate,the resultant mixture was treated with TEMPO (9 mg, 0.06 mmol) by asingle charge, and the resultant mixture was allowed to warm to RT. MTBE(10 mL) was slowly added to the reaction mixture, and the resultantslurry stirred for 0.5 hr, then filtered, washed twice with 1:ldichloromethane/MTBE, and dried in a vacuum overnight to yield thedesired intermediate aldehyde 88c (54 mg, 91%). The final was preparedaccording to a procedure described for 087, using 88c instead ofpyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=514. MS found: (M+H)⁺=514.

Example 933-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-pyridin-4-yl-acetyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

4-Pyridylacetic acid hydrochloride (12 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved inmethylene chloride (6 mL), cooled to 0° C., and treated with TEA (0.021mL, 0.15 mmol) and isobutyl chloroformate (0.008 mL, 0.06 mmol). To theresultant mixture was added 40X (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) over 1 hr withconstant stirring. The mixture was stirred overnight, concentrated andpurified by prep-TLC (silica gel, 50% EtOAc in hexane) to afford anintermediate methyl ester. Hydrolysis was conducted as described for071. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=501. MS found: (M+H)⁺=501.

Example 943-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(pyridine-4-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

094 was prepared by the same method as 093, using isonicotinic acidinstead of 4-pyridylacetic acid hydrochloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=487. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=487.

Example 953-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(1-methyl-1H-indol-3-ylmethyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

40X (10 mg, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (3 mL),cooled to 0° C., and treated with 1-methylindole-3-carboxaldehyde (5 mg,0.03 mmol), TEA (0.007 mL, 0.05 mmol), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride(10 mg, 0.05 mmol). The resultant reaction mixture was warmed to RT, andstirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified byprep-TLC (silica gel, 50% EtOAc in hexane) to afford an intermediatemethyl ester. The hydrolysis reaction was conducted as described for071. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺: 525. MS found: (M+H)⁺=525.

Example 963-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-naphthalen-2-yl-acetyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

096 was prepared by the same method as 095, using 2-naphthalene aceticacid instead of 1-methylindole-3-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=550.MS found: (M+H)⁺=550.

Example 973-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-naphthalen-1-yl-acetyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

097 was prepared by the same method as 093, using 1-naphthalene aceticacid instead of4-pyridylacetic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=550. MS found:(M+H)⁺=550.

Example 983-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(1-methyl-1H-indole-3-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

098 was prepared by the same method as 093, using1-methylindole-3-carboxylic acid instead of4-pyridylacetic acid. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=539. MS found: (M+H)⁺=539.

Example 993-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(1-methyl-1H-indazole-3-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

099 was prepared by the same method as 093, using1-methylindazole-3-carboxylic acid instead of 4-pyridylacetic acid. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=540. MS found: (M+H)⁺=540.

Example 1003-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid ethyl ester

A solution of 013 (20 mg, 0.038 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was treated withEtOH (50 mg), EDC (15 mg, 0.8 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP; 97mg, 0.8 mmol). The reaction was stirred at RT for 10 hr. DCM and NaHCO₃(aq) were added and the organic layer was washed with water and brine,dried, and evaporated to a residue that was purified by silica gelcolumn chromatography using CH₂Cl₂:MeOH as eluent to provide pure 100.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=550. MS found: (M+H)⁺=550.

Example 1013-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid 2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxymethyl ester

To a solution of 013 (16 mg, 0.03 mmol, 1 equiv) in dry DMF (2 mL) underN₂ atmosphere were added cesium carbonate (29 mg, 0.09 mmol, 3 eq.) andpivaloyloxymethyl chloride (0.013 mL, 0.09 mmol, 3 equiv). Thesuspension was stirred at RT for 3 hr. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated and the resulting residue was purified by columnchromatography to yield pure 101. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=636. MS found:(M+H)⁺=636.

Example 1023-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid acetoxymethyl ester

102 was prepared by the same method as 101, using bromomethyl acetateinstead of pivaloyloxymethyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=594. MS found:(M+H)⁺=594.

Example 1033-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid 2-dimethylamino-ethyl ester

To a solution of 002 (89 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (3.0 ML) were added HATU(76 mg, 0.2 mmol), 2-dimethylaminoethanol (0.37 mmol), and DMAP (0.15mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred, at RT for 2 hr, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added water, andthis was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crudeproduct was purified by chromatography on a silica gel column to give103A.

103 was prepared by the same method as 013A, using 103A instead of 002G.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=593. MS found: (M+H)⁺=593.

Example 1043-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid 1-ethoxycarbonyloxy-ethyl ester

104 was prepared by the same method as 101, using 1-chloroethyl ethylcarbonate instead of pivaloyloxymethyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=638.MS found: (M+H)⁺=638.

Example 1053-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid butyryloxymethyl ester

105 was prepared by the same method as 101, using 1-chloromethylbutyrate instead of pivaloyloxymethyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=622. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=622.

Example 1063-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid isopropoxycarbonyloxymethyl ester

106 was prepared by the same method as 101, using 1-chloromethylisopropyl carbonate instead of pivaloyloxymethyl chloride. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=638. MS found: (M+H)⁺=638.

Example 1073-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid ethoxycarbonyloxymethyl ester

107 was prepared by the same method as 101, using 1-chloromethyl ethylcarbonate instead of pivaloyloxymethyl chloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=624.MS found: (M+H)⁺=624.

Example 1083-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid 5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl ester

108 was prepared by the same method as 101, using4-chloromethyl-5-methyl-1,3-dioxol-2-one instead of pivaloyloxymethylchloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=634. MS found: (M+H)⁺=634.

Example 1093-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

109A was prepared by the same method as 0011, using 001G instead of001H.

109B was prepared by the same method as 001J, using 109A instead of0011.

109 was then prepared by the same method as 001, using 109B instead of001J. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=394. MS found: (M+H)⁺=394.

Example 1103-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(4-phenyl-propyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

110 was prepared by the same method as 001, using3-bromo-1-phenylpropaneinstead of methyl iodide. The hydrolysis reactionwas conducted as described for 071.

Example 1115-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a mixture of 3-bromopyridine-4-boronic acid (10 mmol) and 001B (20mmol) in DMF (50 mL) and water (15 mL) were added Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.5mmol), and Na₂CO₃ (30 mmol) under N₂ and the resulting mixture wasstirred at 80° C. until LCMS showed total consumption of3-bromopyridine-4-boronic acid (3 hr under these condition). Thereaction was cooled to RT, and to it was added water (30 mL) and EtOAc(100 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer isback-extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic layers werewashed with water (2×30 mL) brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered over Celite®, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel) eluting with0-50% EtOAc in hexanes to give 111A.

To solution of 111A (10 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at −78° C. was added n-BuLi(12 mmol). After stirring for 30 min, triisopropyl borate (15 mmol) wasadded to the reaction mixture. The reaction was allowed to warm to RTover 2 hr, and to it was added saturated aqueous NaH₂PO₄ (10 mL). Theresulting mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min, and then diluted withEtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layerwas extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic layers werewashed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentratedto give 111B, which was used without further purification.

To a mixture of 002A (10 mmol) and 111B (10 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) andwater (15 mL) were added Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.5 mmol), and Na₂CO₃ (30 mmol)under N₂ and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hr. Thereaction was cooled to RT, and to it was added water (30 mL) and EtOAc(50 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer isback-extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organic layers werewashed with water (2×20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered over Celite®, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel) eluting with0-50% EtOAc in hexanes to give 111C.

A mixture of 111C (10 mmol) and Pd—C (10%, wet, 200 mg) in MeOH (50 mL)was hydrogenated with a Parr Shaker under 50 psi H₂ for 15 hr. Themixture was filtered through Celite®, and concentrated to give 111D.

Methyl iodide (20 mmol) was added to a solution of 111D (5 mmol) in 20mL of ACN and the mixture was stirred for 3 hr at 80° C. The reactionmixture was cooled to RT and concentrated to give crude 111E. Crude 111E(5 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) at RT, and to it was added NaBH₄(10 mmol). The reaction was monitored by LCMS, and more NaBH₄ (3 mmoleach time) was added to the reaction in 1-hour intervals until 111E wastotally consumed. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (20 mL)and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layers were combined,dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to obtain the product asbrown oil, which was purified by column chromatography (silica gel,0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) to yield 111F.

To a solution of 111F (3 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C. under N₂ wasadded dropwise 2.0 M LDA in THF/heptane/ethylbenzene (3 mL). Thestirring was continued at −78° C. for 2.5 hr. A solution of iodine (2.3g) in dry THF (5 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. Afterstirring at −78° C. for 1.5 hr, the reaction mixture was quenched withsaturated NH₄Cl solution and warmed to 0° C. The mixture was dilutedwith 5% Na₂S₂O₃ solution, then the organic phase was separated and theaqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combined organicphases were dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered, and evaporated. The residue waspurified by column chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂) togive 111G.

111G (3.0 mmol) in DCE (15 mL) was treated with1-chloroethylchloroformate (3.6 mmol), and the mixture was stirred underreflux for 4 hr. MeOH (2 mL) was then added to the reaction mixture insmall portions and the heating was continued for an additional 2 hr. Themixture was allowed to cool to RT and concentrated to afford a crude111H, which was used without purification.

To a mixture of 111H (0.1 mmol), copper iodide (0.02 mmol) andPd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.01 mmol) under N₂ were added DMF (2 mL), TEA (0.5 mL),and 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne (0.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredat 60° C. for 2 hr under N₂, then filtered over Celite® and rinsed withEtOAc. The solution was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted (2×30mL) with EtOAc. The organic phases were combined, washed with water(2×15 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), evaporated, and purified by columnchromatography (0-15%) MeOH in DCM to give 111I.

111I (30 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thento it were added saturated NaH₂PO₄ (3 mL), water (3 mL), and EtOAc (30mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with water (5 mL), driedwith Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give 111. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=386. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=386.

Example 1125-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

112 was prepared by the same method as 003, using 111G instead of 002G.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=400. MS found: (M+H)⁺=400.

Example 1135-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 111I (50 mg) in DCE (2 mL) was added(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-acetaldehyde, activated molecule sieves 4Apowder (100 mg), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (100 mg). After thereaction was stirred at RT for 2 hr, the reaction mixture was filteredthrough Celite®, and rinsed with THF (5 mL). The filtrate was treatedwith tetrabutylammonium fluoride (20 mg) and KF (100 mg, powder). Afterthe mixture was stirred at RT overnight, it was filtered throughCelite®, rinsed with DCM/MeOH (5:1), and concentrated. Purification andsubsequent hydrolysis of the intermediate ester, and extraction torecover the resulting acid were conducted generally as described for112, to give 113. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=430. MS found: (M+H)⁺=430.

Example 1145-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

114 is prepared by the same method as 117, using3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-1-propanal instead oftetrahydrofuran-3-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=444. MS found:(M+H)⁺=444.

Example 1155-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(4-hydroxy-butyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

115 is prepared by the same method as 113, using4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-valeraldehyde instead of(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)acetaldehyde.

Example 1165-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-yl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 111I (50 mg) in DCE (2 mL) is addeddihydrofuran-3(2H)-one (100 mg), activated molecule sieves 4A powder(100 mg), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (100 mg). The reaction isstirred at RT for 15 hr, the mixture is filtered through Celite®, rinsedwith EtOAc (20 mL), and concentrated. Purification and subsequenthydrolysis of the intermediate ester, and extraction to recover theresulting acid, are conducted generally as described for 112, to give116.

Example 1175-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-ylmethyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 111H (50 mg) in DCE (2 mL) were addedtetrahydrofuran-3-carboxaldehyde (100 mg), and sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (100 mg). The reaction was stirred at RT for 15hr, and the mixture was filtered through Celite®, rinsed with EtOAc (20mL), and concentrated to give 117A.

To a mixture of 117A (0.1 mmol), copper iodide (0.02 mmol) andPd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.01 mmol) under N₂ were added DMF (2 mL), TEA (0.5 mL),and 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne (0.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredat 60° C. for 2 hr under N₂. The reaction mixture was filtered overCelite® and rinsed with EtOAc. The solution was diluted with water (20mL) and extracted (2×30 mL) with EtOAc. The organic phases werecombined, washed with water (2×15 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), evaporated, andpurified by column chromatography (0-15%) MeOH in DCM to give 117B.

117B (30 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL), water (1 mL), and MeOH (1 mL).LiOH (2 M, 0.5 mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 5hr, and then water (1 mL), and EtOAc (3 mL) were added. The organiclayer was separated, concentrated, and lyophilized to give 117. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=470. MS found: (M+H)⁺=470.

Example 1185-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-{4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-[2-(tetrahydro-furan-3-yl)-ethyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a mixture of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide and sodiumamide (0.3 mmol, mixture commercially available from Aldrich) in THF (2mL) is added tetrahydrofuran-3-carboxaldehyde (0.3 mmol). After 1 hr,the reaction mixture is diluted with ether (3 mL) and hexane (5 mL),filtered through silica gel (10 g), and rinsed with ether (10 mL). Thefiltrate containing 3-(2-methoxy-vinyl)-tetrahydrofuran is concentratedto about 1-2 mL, and to it is added THF (1 mL) and aqueous 3 N HCl (0.1mL). The mixture is stirred 16 hr to give(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-acetaldehyde in solution. To the resultingsolution is added AcOK (0.5 mmol), activated molecule sieves 4A (powder,0.5 g), MI (50 mg), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (200 mg). After thereaction is stirred at RT for 15 hr, the reaction mixture is filteredthrough Celite®, rinsed with EtOAc (20 mL), and concentrated.Purification and subsequent hydrolysis of the intermediate ester, andextraction to recover the resulting acid are conducted generally asdescribed for 112, to give 118.

Example 1195-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-carbonyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 111I (50 mg) in DCM (2 mL) is addedtetrahydrofuan-3-carboxylic acid (0.2 mmol),1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI; 0.3 mmol), TEA(0.05 mL) and DMAP (5 mg). The reaction is stirred at RT for 15 hr, andthe mixture is diluted with EtOAc (205 mL), washed with water (2×10 mL)and brine (10 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. Purification andsubsequent hydrolysis of the intermediate ester, and extraction torecover the resulting acid are conducted generally as described for 112,to give 119.

Example 1205-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(3-hydroxy-cyclopentanecarbonyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 111I (50 mg) in DCM (2 mL) is added3-oxo-1-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid (0.2 mmol), EDCI (0.3 mmol), TEA(0.05 mL) and DMAP (5 mg). After the reaction is stirred at RT for 15hr, the reaction mixture is diluted with MeOH (1 mL). NaBH₄ (1 mmol) isadded, and the mixture stirred until the reduction of ketone is complete(about 30 min). The mixture is diluted with acetone (1 mL) and EtOAc (40mL), washed with water (2×10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over MgSO₄,and concentrated. Purification and subsequent hydrolysis of theintermediate ester, and extraction to recover the resulting acid, areconducted generally as described for 112, to give 120.

Example 1215-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-sulfonyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 111I (50 mg) in DCM (2 mL) is addedtetrahydrofuan-3-sulfonyl chloride (0.2 mmol) and TEA (0.5 mmol). Themixture is stirred for 1 hr, and then treated with aqueous Na₂CO₃ (1 M,0.5 mL). After stiffing is continued for 10 min, the mixture is dilutedwith EtOAc (40 mL), washed with water (2×10 mL) and brine (10 mL), driedover MgSO₄, and concentrated. Purification and subsequent hydrolysis ofthe intermediate ester, and extraction to recover the resulting acid,are conducted generally as described for 112, to give 121.

Example 1223-[4-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-carbonyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 111H (50 mg) in DCM (2 mL) is addedtetrahydrofuan-3-carboxylic acid (0.2 mmol), EDCI (0.3 mmol), TEA (0.05mL) and DMAP (5 mg). The reaction is stirred at RT for 15 hr, themixture is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with water (2×10 mL) andbrine (10 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated. The residue ispurified by column chromatography with 0-10% MeOH in DCM to give theester 122A.

A mixture of 122A,[4-({[(1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]-carbonyl}amino)phenyl]boronic acid (0.2mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.01 mmol), and Na₂CO₃ (0.3 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) andH₂O (0.5 mL) under N₂ is stirred at 92° C. for 4 hr. The reaction isdiluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with water (2×10 mL) and brine (10mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel),eluting with 0-5% MeOH in CH₂Cl₂ to give 122B.

122B is stirred in DCM (3 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA, 1 mL) at RTunder N₂ for 1 hr. The reaction is evaporated in vacuo. The residue isdissolved in DMF (2 mL), and to it is added HATU (0.2 mmol), TEA (0.5mmol), and 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (0.2 mmol). After the reactionis stirred at RT for 15 hr, the mixture is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL),washed with water (2×10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over MgSO₄, andconcentrated. The residue is purified by column chromatography with0-10% MeOH in DCM to give ester 122C. Purification and subsequenthydrolysis of 122C, and extraction to recover the resulting acid, areconducted generally as described for 112, to give 122.

Example 1233-[4-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(tetrahydro-furan-3-carbonyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

123A is prepared by the same method as 122B, using 005B instead of[4-({[(1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]-carbonyl}amino)phenyl]boronic acid in thereaction with 122A. Hydrolysis of the methyl ester intermediate, andextraction to recover the resulting acid, are conducted generally asdescribed for 112, to give 123.

Example 1245-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

124 was prepared by the same method as 117, using 1-bromo-2-fluoroethanewith DIEA instead of tetrahydrofuran-3-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=432. MS found: (M+H)⁺=432.

Example 1253-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid phenyl ester

125 was prepared by the same method as 100, using phenol instead ofEtOH. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=598. MS found: (M+H)⁺=598.

Example 1263-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid cyclohexyloxycarbonyl-oxymethyl ester

126 was prepared by the same method as 101, using 1-chloromethylcyclohexyl carbonate instead of pivaloyloxymethyl chloride. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=678. MS found: (M+H)⁺=678.

Example 1275-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

Intermediate 002G (0.29 g, 0.623 mmol) was dissolved in dichloroethane(10 mL) and was treated with 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.086 mL,0.795 mmol), followed by diisopropylethylamine (0.138 mL, 0.795 mmol)with stiffing under argon. After 20 hr, the reaction mixture wasevaporated under reduced pressure and the resulting brown foam wasdissolved in MeOH (20 mL), and heated to reflux with stirring. After 1hr, the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure and thebrown oily product 127A was directly used in the next step.

To a mixture of 127A (0.05 mmol), copper iodide (0.01 mmol) andPd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.005 mmol) under N₂ were added DMF (2 mL), TEA (0.5 mL),and 3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne (0.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirredat 60° C. for 2 hr under N₂. The reaction mixture was filtered overCelite® and rinsed with EtOAc. The solution was diluted with water (20mL) and extracted (2×30 mL) with EtOAc. The organic phases werecombined, washed with water (2×15 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), evaporated, andpurified by column chromatography (0-15%) MeOH in DCM to give 127B.

127B (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) was dissolved in dichloroethane (3 mL), andtreated with 2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (12.3 mg, 0.11 mmol), TEA (0.02mL, 0.15 mmol), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (30 mg, 0.15 mmol). Thereaction was stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated and purified by prep-TLC (silica gel, 50% EtOAc in hexane)to give an intermediate methyl ester 127C.

127C (20 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated. The final product was precipitated in hexane and washedmore with hexane. The powder of 127 was obtained after lyophilization.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=477. MS found: (M+H)⁺=477.

Example 1285-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(5,7-dimethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

128 was prepared by the same method as 127, using 88e instead of2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=546. MS found: (M+H)⁺=546.

Example 1293-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-thiazol-4-ylethynyl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid, hydrochloride salt

Bromothiazole (1 g, 6.10 mmol), copper (1) iodide (50 mg, 0.26 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₂Cl₂ (66 mg, 0.94 mmol), and trimethylsilylacetylene (1.04 mL,7.36 mmol) in TEA (4 mL) were degassed, placed under N₂, and stirred at75° C. for 5 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and partitionedbetween DCM and water. The organic phase was dried over MgSO₄,concentrated, and column chromatography using 0-25% EtOAc/hexaneafforded 129A as a brown residue (1.05 g, 95%). MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=182. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=182.

002G (150 mg, 0.33 mmol), 4-bromophenylboronic acid (98.4 mg, 0.49mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (7 mg, 0.01 mmol), and 1 M Na₂CO₃ (820 μL, 0.82 mmol)in ACN (2 mL) were degassed, placed under N₂, and stirred at 80° C. for1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and partitioned betweenEtOAc and water. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried overMgSO₄, concentrated, and prep-TLC using 10% MeOH/DCM afforded 129B (80mg, 50%). MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=489. MS found: (M+H)⁺=489.

Benzyltrimethylammonium chloride (3 mg, 0.02 mmol), KF (28.5 mg, 0.49mmol), copper (1) iodide (6 mg, 0.03 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (12 mg, 0.02mmol), 129A (89 mg, 0.49 mmol) and 129B (80 mg, 0.16 mmol) in DMF:TEA (3mL, 1:1 v/v) were degassed, placed under N₂, and stirred at 90° C.overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, concentrated, andpartitioned between DCM and water. The organic phase was washed withbrine, dried over MgSO₄, concentrated, and purified by prep-TLC using10% MeOH/DCM to afford 129C as a brown residue (42 mg, 49.6%). MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=517. MS found: (M+H)⁺=517.

A mixture of 1 M NaOH (800 μL, 0.80 mmol) and 129C (40 mg, 0.08 mmol) inMeOH:THF (2 mL, 1:1 v/v) was stirred at RT overnight, concentrated,diluted in water and pH adjusted to 5-6 using saturated NaH₂PO₄. EtOAcwas added and the organic phase washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄,concentrated and lyophilized to give 129. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=503. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=503.

Example 1303-[1-(5,7-Dimethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

A solution of 127A (20 mg, 0.045 mmol) was dissolved in dichloroethane(3 mL), and treated with 88e (19.4 mg, 0.11 mmol), TEA (0.02 mL, 0.15mmol), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (30 mg, 0.15 mmol). The reactionwas stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated andpurified by prep-TLC (silica gel, 50% EtOAc in hexane) to give anintermediate 130A.

130 was then prepared by the same method as 013, using 130A instead of002G to give 130B, followed by hydrolysis to give the acid. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=668. MS found: (M+H)⁺=668.

Example 1313-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

131 was prepared by the same method as 130, using2-pyridinecarbox-aldehyde instead of 88e. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=599. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=599.

Example 1325-[4-(7-Amino-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid, hydrochloride salt

A mixture of trans-3-(dimethylamino)-acrylonitrile (230 μL, 2.10 mmol)and 5-amino-3-(4-bromophenyl)pyrazole) (500 mg, 2.10 mmol) in aceticacid (8 mL) was stirred at 110° C. for 3 hr, cooled to RT, concentrated,sonicated in saturated NaHCO₃ (10 mL), and filtered. The cake was washedwith water (100 mL) and dried in vacuo to give 132A as a yellow powder(600 mg, 98.8%). MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=290. MS found: (M+H)⁺=290.

132B was prepared by the same method as 005B, using 132A instead of005A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=337. MS found: (M+H)⁺=337.

132C was prepared by the same method as 129B, using 132B instead of4-bromophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=542. MS found: (M+H)⁺=542.

132 was then prepared by the same method as 129, using 132C instead of129C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=528. MS found: (M+H)⁺=528.

Example 1335-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-4-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

Compound 133 was prepared by the same method as 127, using4-pyridinecarbox-aldehyde instead of 2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=477. MS found: (M+H)⁺=477.

Example 1345-Cyclopropylethynyl-3-[5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

Compound 134 was prepared by the same method as 127, usingcyclopropylacetylene instead of 3,3-dimethyl-1-butyne. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=461. MS found: (M+H)⁺=461.

Example 1355-[4-(3a,7a-Dihydro-furo[3,2-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

135A was prepared by the same method as 129A, using4-bromophenylacetylene instead of trimethylsilylacetylene and2-iodo-3-hydroxypyridine instead of 4-bromothiazole and heating at 90°C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=275. MS found: (M+H)⁺=275.

135B was prepared by the same method as 005B, using 135A instead of005A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=322. MS found: (M+H)⁺=322.

135C was prepared by the same method as 129B, using 135B instead of4-bromophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=527. MS found: (M+H)⁺=527.

135 was then prepared by the same method as 129, using 135C instead of129C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=513. MS found: (M+H)⁺=513.

Example 1363-[1-(5-Chloro-1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(3,3-dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

136 was prepared by the same method as 127, using5-chloro-1-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde insteadof 2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=597. MS found: (M+H)⁺=597.

Example 1375-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

137 was prepared by the same method as 117, using 2-bromoethyl methylether with DIEA instead of tetrahydrofuran-3-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=444. MS found: (M+H)⁺=444.

Example 1385-Cyclopropylethynyl-3-[1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

138A was prepared by the same method as 127B, using cyclopropylacetyleneinstead of tert-butylacetylene.

To a solution of 138A (50 mg) in DCE (2 mL) was added(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-acetaldehyde, activated molecule sieves 4Apowder (100 mg), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (100 mg). After thereaction was stirred at RT for 2 hr, the reaction mixture was filteredthrough Celite®, and rinsed with THF (5 mL). The filtrate was treatedwith tetrabutylammonium fluoride (20 mg) and KF (100 mg, powder). Afterthe mixture was stirred at RT overnight, it was filtered throughCelite®, rinsed with DCM/MeOH (5/1), and concentrated. The crude productwas purified with preparative TLC, developing with 10% MeOH in DCM togive 138B.

138 was then prepared by the same method as 001, using 138B instead of001J. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=414. MS found: (M+H)⁺=414.

Example 1395-[4-(3-Methyl-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

139A was prepared by the same method as 137A, using 2,3-diaminopyridineand 4-iodobenzoic acid instead of 4-bromo-1,2-diaminobenzene andthiazole-4-carboxylic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=322. MS found: (M+H)⁺=322.

139B was prepared by the same method as 137B, using 139A instead of137A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=336. MS found: (M+H)⁺=336.

139C was prepared by the same method as 005B, using bis(neopentylglycolato)diboron and 139B instead of bis(pinacolato)diboron and 005A.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=322. MS found: (M+H)⁺=322.

139D was prepared by the same method as 129B, using 139C instead of4-bromophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=541. MS found: (M+H)⁺=541.

139 was then prepared by the same method as 129, using 139D instead of129C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=527. MS found: (M+H)⁺=527.

Example 1405-[4-(3H-Imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

140A was prepared by the same method as 137B, using 139A and2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride instead of iodomethane. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=452. MS found: (M+H)⁺=452.

140B was prepared by the same method as 005B, using bis(neopentylglycolato)diboron and 140A instead of bis(pinacolato)diboron and 005A.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=438. MS found: (M+H)⁺=438.

140C was prepared by the same method as 129B, using 140B instead of4-bromophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=657. MS found: (M+H)⁺=657.

140 was then prepared by the same method as 138, using 140C instead of138C to give 140. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=513. MS found: (M+H)⁺=513.

Example 1413-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

A solution of 127A (20 mg, 0.045 mmol) was dissolved in dichloroethane(3 mL), and treated with 2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (12.3 mg, 0.11 mmol),TEA (0.02 mL, 0.15 mmol), and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (30 mg, 0.15mmol). The reaction was stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixturewas concentrated and purified by prep-TLC (silica gel, 50% EtOAc inhexane) to give an intermediate methyl ester 141A.

141A (20 mg) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1 mL). LiOH (2 M, 0.5mL) was then added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hr, and thendiluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated to give 141B.

141 was prepared by the same method as 005, using 005B reacted with 141Binstead of 102. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=590. MS found: (M+H)⁺=590.

Example 1425-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

142 was prepared by the same method as 127, using1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde instead of2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=494. MS found: (M+H)⁺=494.

Example 1433-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-quinolin-2-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

143 is prepared by the same method as 087, usingquinoline-2-carboxaldehyde instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=523. MS found: (M+H)+=523.

Example 1443-[1-(2-Bromo-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

144 was prepared by the same method as 087, using2-bromo-isonicotinaldehyde instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=552. MS found: (M+H)⁺=552.

Example 1453-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-thiophen-2-yl-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

145 was prepared by the same method as 087, using2-(thiophen-2-yl)isonicotinaldehyde instead ofpyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=556. MS found: (M+H)⁺=556.

Example 1463-[1-(3,5-Dichloro-pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

146 was prepared by the same method as 087, using3,5-dichloroisonicotinaldehyde instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=542. MS found: (M+H)⁺=542.

Example 1473-[1-[12-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-pyridin-4-ylmethyl]-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

147 was prepared by the same method as 087, using2-(4-fluorophenyl)-isonicotinaldehyde instead ofpyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=567. MS found: (M+H)⁺=567.

Example 1483-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-quinolin-4-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

148 was prepared by the same method as 087, usingquinoline-4-carboxaldehyde instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=523. MS found: (M+H)⁺=523.

Example 1493-[1-(5-Bromo-pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

149 was prepared by the same method as 087, using5-bromo-picolinealdehyde instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=552. MS found: (M+H)⁺=552.

Example 1503-[1-(5,7-Diethyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

150 was prepared by the same method as 088, using heptane-3,5-dioneinstead of pentane-2,4-dione. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=570. MS found:(M+H)⁺=570.

Example 1513-[1-(5,7-Diisopropyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

151 was prepared by the same method as 088 using2,6-dimethylheptane-3,5-dione instead of pentane-2,4-dione. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=598. MS found: (M+H)⁺=598.

Example 1523-[1-(2-Benzoimidazol-1-yl-acetyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

152 was prepared by the same method as 093, using2-(1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl)acetic acid (prepared by reactingbenzimidazole with bromoacetic acid ester, followed by hydrolysis of theester) instead of 4-pyridylacetic acid hydrochloride. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=540. MS found: (M+H)⁺=540.

Example 1533-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(2-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl-acetyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

153 was prepared by the same method as 093, using2-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)acetic acid instead of4-pyridylacetic acid hydrochloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=541. MS found:(M+H)⁺=541.

Example 1543-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

154 was prepared by the same method as 093, using6-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinic acid instead of 4-pyridylacetic acidhydrochloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=555. MS found: (M+H)⁺=555.

Example 1553-[1-(3-Amino-pyrazine-2-carbonyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

155 was prepared by the same method as 093, using3-aminopyrazine-2-carboxylic acid instead of 4-pyridylacetic acidhydrochloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=503. MS found: (M+H)⁺=503.

Example 1563-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-(3-methyl-3H-imidazole-4-carbonyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

156 was prepared by the same method as 093, using1-methyl-1H-imidazole-5-carboxylic acid instead of 4-pyridylacetic acidhydrochloride. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=490. MS found: (M+H)⁺=490.

Example 1573-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-phenyl-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

157 was prepared by the same method as 087, usingpyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde instead of pyridine-1-carboxaldehyde. MScalcd: (M+H)⁺=474. MS found: (M+H)⁺=474.

Example 1583-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-[4-(2-thiazol-4-yl-vinyl)-phenyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of 4-bromobenzyl bromide (1.00 g, 4.00 mmol) andtriphenylphosphine (1.70 g, 6.00 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was stirred at80° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, followed bysonication in hexane, filtration, and a subsequent hexane wash gave awhite solid, which was dried in vacuo. This white solid (906 mg, 1.77mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL), cooled to 0° C., and lithiumhexamethyl disilazide (1 M) in THF (1.95 mL, 1.95 mmol) was added. After0.5 hr, thiazole-4-carboxaldehyde (200 mg, 1.77 mmol) was added, the icebath was removed, and the mixture stirred for 0.5 hr. The reactionmixture was quenched by the addition of water, extracted with EtOAc(2×30 mL), the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄,concentrated and filtered through a silica plug using 30%-100%EtOAc/hexane to give 158A as a clear oil. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=267. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=267.

158B was prepared by the same method as 005B, using 158A instead of005A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=314. MS found: (M+H)⁺=314.

158C was prepared by the same method as 129B, using 158B instead of4-bromophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=519. MS found: (M+H)⁺=519.

158 was then prepared by the same method as 129, using 158C instead of129C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=505. MS found: (M+H)⁺=505.

Example 1593-[5-(4-Methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

Thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (1.42 g, 11 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was treatedwith oxallyl chloride (8 mL, 2 M solution in DCM), followed by 2 dropsof DMF. After 1 hr at RT, solvent was evaporated, and the residue wasredissolved in DCM (20 mL). To the solution was added4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzenamine (2.20 g, 10mmol) and TEA (2 mL). After 30 min at RT, the reaction mixture wasdiluted with ether (100 mL), washed with water, sodium bicarbonate, andbrine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated to give 159A, which was used without further purification.

159 was then prepared by the same method as 005, using 159A and 127Ainstead of 005B and 002. The coupling product was further hydrolyzedwith LiOH to give 159. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=508. MS found: (M+H)⁺=508.

Example 1605-{2,5-Difluoro-4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

160 was prepared by the same method as 059, using4-amino-2,5-difluorophenylboronic acid pinacol ester instead of4-amino-3-fluorophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=558. MS found:(M+H)⁺=558.

Example 1615-[4-(5,7-Dimethyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of acetylacetone (126 mg, 1.26 mmol) and5-amino-3-(4-bromophenyl)pyrazole (300 mg, 1.26 mmol) in EtOH wasrefluxed overnight, concentrated and used for the preparation of 161Bwithout further purification. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=303. MS found:(M+H)⁺=303.

161B was prepared by the same method as 005B, using 161A instead of005A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=350. MS found: (M+H)⁺=350.

161C was prepared by the same method as 129B, using 161B instead of4-bromophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=555. MS found: (M+H)⁺=555.

161 was prepared by the same method as 129, using 161C instead of 129C.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=541. MS found: (M+H)⁺=541.

Example 1623-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-[4-(7-methyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

162 was prepared by the same method as 161, using trans4-methoxy-3-buten-2-one instead of acetylacetone to give the titlecompound. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=527. MS found: (M+H)⁺=527.

Example 1633-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-[4-(6-methyl-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

163A was prepared by the same method as 132A, using 3-ethoxymethacroleininstead of trans-3-(dimethylamino)-acrylonitrile. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=289.MS found: (M+H)⁺=289.

163B was prepared by the same method as 005B, using 163A instead of005A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=336. MS found: (M+H)⁺=336.

163C was prepared by the same method as 129B, using 163B instead of4-bromophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=541. MS found: (M+H)⁺=541.

163 was then prepared by the same method as 129, using 163C instead of129C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=527. MS found: (M+H)⁺=527.

Example 1645-(4-Imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-2-yl-phenyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of 3-aminopyridazine (100 mg, 1.05 mmol),2,4′-dibromoacetophenone (146 mg, 0.53 mmol) and NaHCO₃ (133 mg, 1.58mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) was refluxed for 4 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated, diluted in EtOAc, washed with water, brine, dried overMgSO₄, concentrated and used for the preparation of 164B without furtherpurification. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=275. MS found: (M+H)⁺=275.

164B was prepared by the same method as 005B, using 164A instead of005A. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=322. MS found: (M+H)⁺=322.

164C was prepared by the same method as 129B, using 164B instead of4-bromophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=527. MS found: (M+H)⁺=527.

164 was then prepared by the same method as 129, using 164C instead of129C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=513. MS found: (M+H)⁺=513.

Example 1653-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

165A was prepared by the same method as 129B. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=489. MSfound: (M+H)⁺=489.

A mixture of 165A (75 mg, 0.15 mmol), pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine (110 mg,0.92 mmol), K₃PO₄ (54.3 mg, 0.26 mmol), Cu(I)I (2.4 mg, 0.01 mmol), andtrans-N,N′-dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (6 μL, 0.04 mmol) in toluene(2 mL) was heated and stirred at 120° C. for 48 hr. The reaction mixturewas diluted in EtOAc, washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO₄,concentrated and purified by prep-TLC using 3:7:1 EtOac/DCM/MeOH (v/v)to afford 165B. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=527. MS found: (M+H)⁺=527.

165 was then prepared by the same method as 129, using 165B instead of129C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=513. MS found: (M+H)⁺=513.

Example 1665-{3,5-Difluoro-4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

166 was prepared by the same method as 059, using4-amino-3,5-difluorophenylboronic acid pinacol ester instead of4-amino-3-fluorophenylboronic acid. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=558. MS found:(M+H)⁺=558.

Example 1673-[1-Methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-{4-[(thiazole-4-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

167 was prepared by the same method as 013, using 111G instead of 002G.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=522. MS found: (M+H)⁺=522.

Example 1685-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

168 was prepared by the same method as 117, using2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-acetaldehyde instead oftetrahydrofuran-3-carboxaldehyde. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=430. MS found:(M+H)⁺=430.

Example 1693-[1-Methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-5-(4-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl-phenyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

169A was prepared by treatment of 111G (100 mg) with LiOH (saturatedsolution, 0.3 mL) in THF (3 mL). After the reaction mixture was stirredovernight, to the mixture was added phorphoric acid (5 M in water, 0.2mL), and the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL). The layerswere separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (10 mL).Combined organic layers were washed with brine (5 mL), dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The crude 169A was usedwithout further purification.

169 was then prepared by the same method as 005, using 169A instead of002. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=513. MS found: (M+H)⁺=513.

Example 1705-(3,3-Dimethyl-but-1-ynyl)-3-[1-(2-hydroxy-acetyl)-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

Acetoxyacetic acid (12 mg) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL). To the solutionwere added HATU (38 mg) DIPEA (0.1 mL), and 111H (20 mg). The reactionmixture was stirred at RT for 55 min. The reaction was then diluted withEtOAc (30 mL), washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO₄,and purified by column (eluted with 10-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to givecompound 170A.

Compound 170A was treated with copper iodide (0.15 eq.) TEA (4 eq.),3,3-dimethyl-but-1-yne (3 eq.), and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (0.05 eq.) in DMF (2mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hr under N₂. Thereaction mixture was filtered on Celite® and washed with EtOAc. Thefiltrate was diluted with water, and extracted twice with EtOAc. Theorganic phases were combined and washed twice with water. The organiclayer was separated, dried (Na₂SO₄), evaporated, and purified by columnchromatography to give 170B.

Hydrolysis of 170B was performed using LiOH in THF (2 mL) and EtOH (1mL). The reaction was stirred at RT for 6 hr, and then diluted withEtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water and concentrated. Thefinal product was precipitated out in hexane and washed more withhexane. The powder of 170 was obtained with lyophilization. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=444. MS found: (M+H)⁺=444.

Example 1715-Iodo-3-[4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

111H (20 mg) was hydrolyzed with LiOH (30 mg) in solvent of THF, MeOH,and water (2:1:1) for 2 hr. Extraction of the mixture with EtOAc,washing with water, and concentration gave pure product 171. MS calcd:(M+H)⁺=432. MS found: (M+H)⁺=432.

Example 1725-(1-Methyl-cyclopropylethynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

1.6 M BuLi in hexane (9.04 mL, 14.46 mmol) was slowly added to asolution of (cyclopropylethynyl)trimethylsilane (1.00 g, 7.23 mmol) inethyl ether (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight,cooled to −78° C., dimethyl sulfate (0.89 mL, 9.40 mmol) was added, andthe reaction mixture warmed to RT over the course of 1.5 hr. sat. NH₄Clwas added and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl ether. Theorganic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO₄, andconcentrated to afford 172A, which was used for the preparation of 172Bwithout further purification.

A mixture of 172A (50 mg, 0.33 mmol), 068C (50 mg, 0.11 mmol),Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (8 mg, 0.01 mmol), KF (19 mg, 0.33 mmol), Cu(I)I (4 mg, 0.02mmol), and benzyltrimethylammonium chloride (2 mg, 0.01 mmol) in DMF:TEA(1 mL, 1:1, v/v) was stirred at 90° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixturewas concentrated and purified by prep-TLC using 10% MeOH/DCM to afford172B. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=412. MS found: (M+H)⁺=412.

172 was prepared by the same method as 129, using 172B instead of 129C.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=398. MS found: (M+H)⁺=398.

Example 1733-[1-Methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-5-(1-phenyl-cyclopropylethynyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of 1-phenyl-1-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (1.18 g, 5.0mmol) in anhydrous ether (10 mL) at 0° C. was added slowly lithiumaluminum hydride solution in THF (1.0 M, 6.0 mL)). The reaction was thenstirred at RT for 2 hr. To the reaction mixture was then added water(0.24 mL), 15% aqueous NaOH (0.24 mL), and water (0.72 mL) whilestirring. The mixture was stirred for 20 min at RT, filtered andconcentrated to give the crude 173A, which was used for the next stepwithout purification.

To a suspension of 173A and molecular sieves (powdered, activated, 4A)in DCM was added PCC (10 mmol). After stirring for 12 hr at RT, thereaction was filtered through silica gel, and concentrated to give crudealdehyde 173B, which was used for the next step without purification.

To a solution of 173B and potassium carbonate (30 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL)was added dimethyl (diazomethyl)phosphonate (11 mmol). The reaction wasstirred at RT for 3 hr, and was then filtered through Celite. Thefiltrate was concentrated, and dissolved in 5% DCM/hexane, and thesolution was filtered through silica gel, rinsed with 10% DCM/hexanes.The filtrate was concentrated to give 173C.

173D was prepared by the same method as 003A, using 173C instead oftert-butylacetylene. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=474. MS found: (M+H)⁺=474.

173 was then prepared by the same method as 129, using 173D instead of129C. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=460. MS found: (M+H)⁺=460.

Example 1745-(1-Benzyl-cyclopropylethynyl)-3-[1-methyl-5-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

174 was prepared by the same method as 172, using benzyl bromide insteadof dimethyl sulfate in the first step. MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=474. MS found:(M+H)⁺=474.

Example 1755-Cyclopropylethynyl-3-[1-methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

175 was prepared by the same method as 017, using 111G instead of 014C.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=384. MS found: (M+H)⁺=384.

Example 1765-Cyclopentylethynyl-3-[1-methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

176 was prepared by the same method as 031, using 111G instead of 014C.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=412. MS found: (M+H)⁺=412.

Example 1775-(3-Methyl-hex-1-ynyl)-3-[1-methyl-4-(4-methyl-cyclohexyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-3-yl]-thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

177 was prepared by the same method as 030, using 111G instead of 014C.MS calcd: (M+H)⁺=414. MS found: (M+H)⁺=414.

Example 178 RNA-Dependent RNA HCV NS5B (Polymerase) Assay and IC₅₀Determination

In vitro RNA-dependent RNA polymerase activity was determined in areaction mixture (50 μL) containing 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 5 mM MgCl₂,1 mM dithiothreitol, 0.5% Triton® X-100, 10 μM of UTP, 0.1-0.5 μCi ofα-³²P UTP (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences), 1 μg of polyA:U16 (MidlandOligo), and 0.6 μg of purified HCV1b NS5B polymerase delta 21. Differentconcentrations of compounds were added to the reaction mixtures. Thereaction was carried out at RT (23° C.) for 60 min and then stopped bythe addition of 100 t L of 50 mM EDTA. The reaction mixtures werefiltered through either a DE81 membrane or a positively charged nylonmembrane, and the membranes were then extensively washed with 30 mMsodium citrate, pH 7.0 and 300 mM NaCl. The radiolabeled RNA productswere quantitated using a Storm™ PhosphorImager™ (GE Life Sciences). IC₅₀values were calculated using GraFit 6 and GraphPad Prism 5 fromtriplicate assays. Data (IC₅₀) obtained for compounds of the inventionare summarized in Table 1.

Example 179 HCV Replicon Assay and EC₅₀ Determination

The antiviral activity of compounds against hepatitis C virus wasdetermined by a hepatitis C virus replicon reporter cell line developedby Bartenschlager (Lohmann et al., Science 1999, 285:110-113). Thiscell-based assay utilized a liver cell carcinoma (Huh-7) cell linestably transformed with an HCV1b replicon containing a luciferasereporter gene. Varied concentrations of compounds were added to thereporter cell line, and further incubated at 37° C. for 72 hr in DMEMsupplemented with 10% FCS. The inhibitory effects of experimentalcompounds or the reference compound, interferon alpha (INFα), on HCVreplication were measured by luciferase activity using the Britelite™plus luminescence reporter gene kit (Perkin Elmer, Shelton, Conn.). TheBritelite plus reagent was added to the 96-well plates containing theHCV reporter cells, and luminescence was measured within 15 min using aWallac 1450 Microbeta® Trilux liquid scintillation counter. EC₅₀ valueswere calculated using GraFit 6 and GraphPad Prism 5 from triplicate HCVreplicon assays. Data (EC₅₀) obtained for compounds of the invention aresummarized in Table 1.

In Table 1, representative IC₅₀ data obtained using the biochemicalassay of Example 178 and representative EC₅₀ data obtained using thecellular assay of Example 179 are presented as follows: +++<3 μM; 3μM≦++≦10 μM; +>10 μM; and ND=no data.

TABLE 1 Compound IC₅₀ EC₅₀ 001 +++ +++ 002 + ND 003 +++ +++ 004 +++ ND005 +++ +++ 006 +++ ND 007 +++ ND 008 +++ ND 009 ++ ND 010 + ND 011 +++ND 012 + ND 013 +++ +++ 013A +++ ND 014 +++ ND 015 +++ ND 016 + ND 017+++ ND 018 ++ ND 019 +++ ND 020 ++ ND 021 +++ ND 022 + ND 023 +++ ND024 + ND 025 + ND 026 ++ ND 027 + ND 028 +++ ND 029 +++ ND 030 + ND 031++ ND 032 +++ ND 033 ++ ND 034 +++ ND 035 +++ ND 036 + ND 037 + ND 038 +ND 039 + ND 040 +++ ND 041 +++ ND 042 +++ ND 043 ++ ND 044 +++ ND 045+++ ND 046 +++ ND 047 +++ ND 048 +++ ND 049 +++ ND 050 ++ ND 051 +++ ND052 +++ ND 053 ++ ND 054 +++ ND 055 +++ ND 056 ++ ND 057 +++ ND 058 +++ND 059 +++ ND 060 +++ ND 061 + ND 062 +++ ND 063 + ND 064 + ND 065 +++ND 066 +++ ND 067 ++ ND 068 +++ ND 069 +++ ND 070 +++ ND 071 +++ ND072 + ND 073 + ND 074 ++ ND 076 + ND 077 ++ ND 078 + ND 079 ++ ND 080 +ND 082 ++ ND 083 ++ ND 084 +++ ND 085 ++ ND 086 ++ ND 087 +++ ND 088 +++ND 089 +++ ND 090 +++ ND 091 +++ ND 092 ++ ND 093 + ND 094 ++ ND 095 ++ND 096 + ND 097 + ND 098 + ND 099 ++ ND 100 + ND 101 + ND 102 + ND 103+++ ND 104 + ND 105 ++ ND 106 + ND 107 +++ ND 108 +++ ND 109 +++ + 110 +ND 111 +++ ND 112 +++ ND 113 +++ ND 114 +++ ND 117 +++ ND 124 +++ ND 127+++ ND 128 +++ ND 129 +++ ND 130 +++ +++ 131 +++ ND 132 +++ ND 133 ++ ND134 +++ ND 135 +++ ND 136 + ND 137 + ND 138 +++ ND 139 + ND 140 ++ ND141 ++ ND 142 +++ ND 143 + ND 144 ++ ND 145 + ND 146 + ND 147 + ND 148 +ND 149 ++ ND 150 +++ ND 151 ++ ND 152 +++ ND 153 ++ ND 154 +++ ND 155 +ND 156 + ND 157 + ND 158 + ND 159 +++ ND 160 +++ ND 161 ++ ND 162 +++ ND163 ++ ND 164 ++ ND 165 +++ ND 166 +++ ND 167 +++ ND 168 +++ ND 169 +++ND 170 ++ ND 171 + ND 172 +++ ND 173 + ND 174 + ND 175 +++ ND 176 +++ ND177 ++ ND

All publications, including but not limited to patents and patentapplications, cited in this specification are incorporated by referenceherein for all that they disclose, as if each individual publicationwere specifically and individually set forth in its entirety.

While a number of aspects and embodiments of this invention have beendescribed, it is apparent that the basic examples and general formulasand schemata may be altered to provide other embodiments that utilizethe compounds and methods of this invention. Therefore, it will beappreciated that the scope of this invention is to be defined by theappended claims rather than by the specific embodiments that have beenrepresented by way of example.

1.-13. (canceled)
 14. A method for treating or preventing hepatitis Cvirus infection or reactivation in a host, comprising administering tothe host a therapeutic amount of at least one compound according toFormula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one of X and Yis —CH— and the other is —N—; R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independentlyhydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₇heterocycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₄haloalkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂—R^(P),—S(O)₂C₅₋₇aryl-C₀₋₃alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N),—C₁₋₄alkyl-R^(O), —C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P),—C₀₋₄alkyl-C(O)OH, or —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N); wherein:R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N); R^(M) and R^(N) areindependently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, or R^(M) and R^(N) together with theatoms to which they are attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring; R^(O)is a 6- to 10-membered aryl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, in eachcase monocyclic or bicyclic, and optionally substituted with (a) one tothree moieties independently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen,—NR^(M)R^(N), and —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, or (b) a 6-membered aryl or 5-6membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one to three moietiesindependently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen, and —NR^(M)R^(N); andR^(P) is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group,optionally substituted with a hydroxyl; provided that at least one ofR^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogen; R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl,—C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substituted with a halogen,—C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl, —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substitutedwith a halogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₅cycloalkyl; and R³ is —R^(A)—R^(B) orhalo; wherein R^(A) is ethynyl, or phenyl optionally substituted withone or two halogens, and wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —N(R^(U))C(O)—R^(Q),—C(O)NR^(U)R^(Q), carboxyl, —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy, -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T), —C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q),—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), —C₂₋₆alkynyR^(Q), or —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q); wherein R^(Q)is a 5- to 9-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl or a 3-to 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, optionally substitutedwith one or two —C₁₋₃alkyl or —NR^(M)R^(N); R^(S) and R^(T) are eachindependently hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl, or one of R^(S) and R^(T) ishydrogen and the other is —C(O)-5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl; andR^(U) is hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl; provided that, if R^(A) is phenyl, thenR^(B) appears at the para or meta position relative to the thiophenemoiety; and R⁴ is hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)—C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₆aryl, or—C₁₋₄alkyl-NR^(U)R^(V); wherein R^(U) and R^(V) are independentlyhydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl.
 15. A method according to claim 14, wherein R⁴is hydrogen
 16. A method according to claim 14, further comprisingadministering to the host at least one other active agent selected fromthe group consisting of interferons, ribavirin, nucleoside HCV NS5Bpolymerase inhibitors, non-nucleoside HCV NS5B polymerase inhibitors,HCV NS3-4A protease inhibitors, HCV NS5A inhibitors, HCV entryinhibitors, HCV NS3 inhibitors, HCV NS3 helicase inhibitors, HCV NS4Binhibitors, and human cyclophilin inhibitors.
 17. A method for reducinga hepatitis C virus polymerase activity in a host, comprisingadministering to the host a therapeutic amount of at least one compoundaccording to Formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one of X and Yis —CH— and the other is —N—; R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independentlyhydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₇heterocycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₄haloalkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂—R^(P),—S(O)₂C₅₋₇aryl-C₀₋₃alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N),—C₁₋₄alkyl-R^(O), —C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P),—C₀₋₄alkyl-C(O)OH, or —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N); wherein:R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N); R^(M) and R^(N) areindependently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, or R^(M) and R^(N) together with theatoms to which they are attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring; R^(O)is a 6- to 10-membered aryl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, in eachcase monocyclic or bicyclic, and optionally substituted with (a) one tothree moieties independently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen,—NR^(M)R^(N), and —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, or (b) a 6-membered aryl or 5-6membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one to three moietiesindependently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen, and —NR^(M)R^(N); andR^(P) is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group,optionally substituted with a hydroxyl; provided that at least one ofR^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogen; R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl,—C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substituted with a halogen,—C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl, —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substitutedwith a halogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₅cycloalkyl; and R³ is —R^(A)—R^(B) orhalo; wherein R^(A) is ethynyl, or phenyl optionally substituted withone or two halogens, and wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —N(R^(U))C(O)—R^(Q),—C(O)NR^(U)R^(Q), carboxyl, —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy, -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T), —C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q),—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), —C₂₋₆alkynyR^(Q), or —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q); wherein R^(Q)is a 5- to 9-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl or a 3-to 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, optionally substitutedwith one or two —C₁₋₃alkyl or —NR^(M)R^(N); R^(S) and R^(T) are eachindependently hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl, or one of R^(S) and R^(T) ishydrogen and the other is —C(O)-5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl; andR^(U) is hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl; provided that, if R^(A) is phenyl, thenR^(B) appears at the para or meta position relative to the thiophenemoiety; and R⁴ is hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)—C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₆aryl, or—C₁₋₄alkyl-NR^(U)R^(V); wherein R^(U) and R^(V) are independentlyhydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl.
 18. A method according to claim 17, wherein R⁴is hydrogen.
 19. A method according to claim 17, further comprisingadministering to the host at least one other active agent selected fromthe group consisting of interferons, ribavirin, nucleoside HCV NS5Bpolymerase inhibitors, non-nucleoside HCV NS5B polymerase inhibitors,HCV NS3-4A protease inhibitors, HCV NS5A inhibitors, HCV entryinhibitors, HCV NS3 inhibitors, HCV NS3 helicase inhibitors, HCV NS4Binhibitors, and human cyclophilin inhibitors.
 20. A method for reducinghepatitis C virus replication in a host, comprising administering to thehost a therapeutic amount of at least one compound according to FormulaI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one of X and Yis —CH— and the other is —N—; R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independentlyhydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₇heterocycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₄haloalkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂—R^(P),—S(O)₂C₅₋₇aryl-C₀₋₃alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N),—C₁₋₄alkyl-R^(O), —C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P),—C₀₋₄alkyl-C(O)OH, or —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N); wherein:R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N); R^(M) and R^(N) areindependently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, or R^(M) and R^(N) together with theatoms to which they are attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring; R^(O)is a 6- to 10-membered aryl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, in eachcase monocyclic or bicyclic, and optionally substituted with (a) one tothree moieties independently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen,—NR^(M)R^(N), and —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, or (b) a 6-membered aryl or 5-6membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one to three moietiesindependently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen, and —NR^(M)R^(N); andR^(P) is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group,optionally substituted with a hydroxyl; provided that at least one ofR^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogen; R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl,—C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substituted with a halogen,—C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl, —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substitutedwith a halogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₅cycloalkyl; and R³ is —R^(A)—R^(B) orhalo; wherein R^(A) is ethynyl, or phenyl optionally substituted withone or two halogens, and wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —N(R^(U))C(O)—R^(Q),—C(O)NR^(U)R^(Q), carboxyl, —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy, -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T), —C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q),—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), —C₂₋₆alkynyR^(Q), or —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q); wherein R^(Q)is a 5- to 9-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl or a 3-to 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, optionally substitutedwith one or two —C₁₋₃alkyl or —NR^(M)R^(N); R^(S) and R^(T) are eachindependently hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl, or one of R^(S) and R^(T) ishydrogen and the other is —C(O)-5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl; andR^(U) is hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl; provided that, if R^(A) is phenyl, thenR^(B) appears at the para or meta position relative to the thiophenemoiety; and R⁴ is hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)—C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₆aryl, or—C₁₋₄alkyl-NR^(U)R^(V); wherein R^(U) and R^(V) are independentlyhydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl.
 21. A method according to claim 20, wherein R⁴is hydrogen.
 22. A method according to claim 20, further comprisingadministering to the host at least one other active agent selected fromthe group consisting of interferons, ribavirin, nucleoside HCV NS5Bpolymerase inhibitors, non-nucleoside HCV NS5B polymerase inhibitors,HCV NS3-4A protease inhibitors, HCV NS5A inhibitors, HCV entryinhibitors, HCV NS3 inhibitors, HCV NS3 helicase inhibitors, HCV NS4Binhibitors, and human cyclophilin inhibitors.
 23. A combination,comprising a compound having a structure according to Formula I,

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one of X and Yis —CH— and the other is —N—; R^(1A) and R^(1B) are independentlyhydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₇cycloalkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₇heterocycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₁₋₄haloalkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-O—C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —S(O)₂—R^(P),—S(O)₂C₅₋₇aryl-C₀₋₃alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-S(O)₂R^(L), —C₂₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N),—C₁₋₄alkyl-R^(O), —C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(P), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₁₋₄hydroxyalkyl, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O),—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P), —C(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(O), —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)O—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(P),—C₀₋₄alkyl-C(O)OH, or —C₀₋₃alkyl-C(O)—C₀₋₄alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N); wherein:R^(L) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₃₋₅cycloalkyl, —NR^(M)R^(N); R^(M) and R^(N) areindependently hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, or R^(M) and R^(N) together with theatoms to which they are attached can form a 4- to 6-membered ring; R^(O)is a 6- to 10-membered aryl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, in eachcase monocyclic or bicyclic, and optionally substituted with (a) one tothree moieties independently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen,—NR^(M)R^(N), and —C₁₋₄haloalkyl, or (b) a 6-membered aryl or 5-6membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one to three moietiesindependently selected from —C₁₋₄alkyl, halogen, and —NR^(M)R^(N); andR^(P) is a 5- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group,optionally substituted with a hydroxyl; provided that at least one ofR^(1A) and R^(1B) is hydrogen; R² is —C₅₋₆cycloalkyl,—C₅₋₆cycloalkyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substituted with a halogen,—C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl, —C₅₋₆cycloalkenyl-C₁₋₃alkyl optionally substitutedwith a halogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl-C₃₋₅cycloalkyl; and R³ is —R^(A)—R^(B) orhalo; wherein R^(A) is ethynyl, or phenyl optionally substituted withone or two halogens, and wherein R^(B) is hydrogen, —C₁₋₆alkyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(M)R^(N), —NHC₁₋₃alkyl-R^(Q), —N(R^(U))C(O)—R^(Q),—C(O)NR^(U)R^(Q), carboxyl, —C₂₋₆alkenyl, —C₂₋₆alkynyl,—C₀₋₃alkyl-C₃₋₆cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₄alkoxy, -methyl-(C₁₋₄alkoxy)₁₋₂,—C₀₋₃alkyl-NR^(S)R^(T), —C₃₋₇cycloalkyl-C₀₋₃alkyl-R^(Q),—C₀₋₄alkyl-R^(Q), —C₂₋₆alkynyR^(Q), or —C₂₋₄alkenyl-R^(Q); wherein R^(Q)is a 5- to 9-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl or a 3-to 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, optionally substitutedwith one or two —C₁₋₃alkyl or —NR^(M)R^(N); R^(S) and R^(T) are eachindependently hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl, or one of R^(S) and R^(T) ishydrogen and the other is —C(O)-5- to 9-membered aryl or heteroaryl; andR^(U) is hydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl; provided that, if R^(A) is phenyl, thenR^(B) appears at the para or meta position relative to the thiophenemoiety; and R⁴ is hydrogen, —C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₁₋₄alkyl,—C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)—C₁₋₄alkyl, —C₁₋₄alkyl-OC(O)O—C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,5-methyl-2-oxo-[1,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-, —C₀₋₃alkyl-C₅₋₆aryl, or—C₁₋₄alkyl-NR^(U)R^(V); wherein R^(U) and R^(V) are independentlyhydrogen or —C₁₋₄alkyl; the compound together with at least one otheractive agent selected from the group consisting of interferons,ribavirin, nucleoside HCV NSSB polymerase inhibitors, non-nucleoside HCVNSSB polymerase inhibitors, HCV NS3-4A protease inhibitors, HCV NSSAinhibitors, HCV entry inhibitors, HCV NS3 inhibitors, HCV NS3 helicaseinhibitors, HCV NS4B inhibitors, and human cyclophilin inhibitors.